[ld/testsuite] Fix pr2404 output.
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
219d1afa 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132 34@ifset AOUT
a8eb42a8 35@set aout
252b5132
RH
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset H8/300
44@set H8
45@end ifset
252b5132
RH
46@ifset SH
47@set H8
48@end ifset
49@ifset HPPA
50@set abnormal-separator
51@end ifset
52@c ------------
53@ifset GENERIC
54@settitle Using @value{AS}
55@end ifset
56@ifclear GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
58@end ifclear
59@setchapternewpage odd
60@c %**end of header
61
62@c @smallbook
63@c @set SMALL
64@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
65@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
66@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
67@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 68@c
252b5132
RH
69@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
70@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
71@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
72@c break.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
75@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
76@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
77@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 78@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
79@ifinfo
80@set SMALL
81@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
82@c might as well show 'em anyways.
83@end ifinfo
84
9160ea82
AM
85@ifnottex
86@dircategory Software development
87@direntry
252b5132 88* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 89* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
90@end direntry
91@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
92
93@finalout
94@syncodeindex ky cp
95
0e9517a9 96@copying
252b5132
RH
97This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
98
0285c67d 99@c man begin COPYRIGHT
219d1afa 100Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 101
0285c67d 102Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 103under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
104or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
105with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
106Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 107section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
108
109@c man end
0e9517a9 110@end copying
252b5132
RH
111
112@titlepage
113@title Using @value{AS}
114@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
115@ifclear GENERIC
116@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
117@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
118@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
119@sp 1
120@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
121@end ifset
252b5132
RH
122@sp 1
123@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
124@sp 1
125@sp 13
b45619c0 126The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 127Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 128first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
129The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
130distracting the boss while they got some work
131done.
132@sp 3
133@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
134@page
135@tex
136{\parskip=0pt
137\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
138\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
139}
140%"boxit" macro for figures:
141%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
142\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
143 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
144#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
145\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
146@end tex
147
148@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
219d1afa 149Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 150
cf055d54 151 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 152 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
153 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
154 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
155 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 156 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 157
252b5132 158@end titlepage
4ecceb71 159@contents
252b5132 160
2e64b665 161@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
162@node Top
163@top Using @value{AS}
164
e49e529d
JM
165This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
166@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
167@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
168@end ifset
169version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 170@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 171This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
172code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
173@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
174
175This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
176Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 177section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 178
252b5132
RH
179@menu
180* Overview:: Overview
181* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
182* Syntax:: Syntax
183* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
184* Symbols:: Symbols
185* Expressions:: Expressions
186* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
187@ifset ELF
188* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
189@end ifset
252b5132
RH
190* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
191* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
192* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 193* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 194* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 195@end menu
2e64b665 196@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
197
198@node Overview
199@chapter Overview
200@iftex
a4fb0134 201This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 202@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 203This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
204code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
205@end ifclear
206@end iftex
207
208@cindex invocation summary
209@cindex option summary
210@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 211Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 212see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 213
0285c67d
NC
214@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
215
a4fb0134 216@ignore
0285c67d
NC
217@c man begin SEEALSO
218gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
219@c man end
a4fb0134 220@end ignore
0285c67d 221
252b5132
RH
222@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
223@c to be limited to one line for the header.
224@smallexample
0285c67d 225@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 226@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 227 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 228 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 229 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
230 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
231 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
232 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
233 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 234 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 235 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
236 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
237 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
238 [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
240 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
241 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 242 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 243 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
244 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
245 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 246@c
6387924a 247@c man end
a4fb0134 248@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 249@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 250@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
251@ifset AARCH64
252
253@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
254 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 255 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 256@end ifset
625e1353
RH
257@ifset ALPHA
258
259@emph{Target Alpha options:}
260 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
261 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 262 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
263 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
264 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
265@end ifset
252b5132 266@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
267
268@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
269 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
270 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
271 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 272 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 273 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
274@end ifset
275@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
276
277@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 278@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
279 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
280 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
281 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
282 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 283 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 284 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
285 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
286 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
287 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 288 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 289@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
290@ifset Blackfin
291
292@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
293 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
294 [@b{-mfdpic}]
295 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
296 [@b{-mnopic}]
297@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
298@ifset CRIS
299
300@emph{Target CRIS options:}
301 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
302 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
303 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 304 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
305@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
306@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
307@end ifset
252b5132 308@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
309
310@emph{Target D10V options:}
311 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
312@end ifset
313@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
314
315@emph{Target D30V options:}
316 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 317@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
318@ifset EPIPHANY
319
320@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
321 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
322@end ifset
252b5132 323@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
324
325@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
326 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
327@end ifset
328@ifset HPPA
329@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
330@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
331@ifset I80386
332
333@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 334 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 335 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132 336@end ifset
587fe2b3 337@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 338
9e32ca89
NC
339@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
340 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
341 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
342 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 343 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 344 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 345 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
346 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
347@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
348@ifset IP2K
349
350@emph{Target IP2K options:}
351 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
352@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
353@ifset M32C
354
355@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 356 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 357@end ifset
587fe2b3 358@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 359
a4fb0134
SC
360@emph{Target M32R options:}
361 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 362 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 363@end ifset
252b5132 364@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
365
366@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
367 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 368@end ifset
60bcf0fa 369@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
370
371@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 372 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
373 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
374 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 375 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
376 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
377 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
378@end ifset
379@ifset MCORE
380
381@emph{Target MCORE options:}
382 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
383 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 384@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
385@ifset METAG
386
387@emph{Target Meta options:}
388 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
389@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
390@ifset MICROBLAZE
391@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
392@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
393@end ifset
252b5132 394@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
395
396@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 397 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 398 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 399 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 400 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
401 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
402 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 403 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 404 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
405 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
406 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 407 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
8b10b0b3 408 [@b{-mignore-branch-isa}] [@b{-mno-ignore-branch-isa}]
ba92f887 409 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 410 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
25499ac7 412 [@b{-mmips16e2}] [@b{-mno-mips16e2}]
df58fc94 413 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 414 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 415 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 416 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 417 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 418 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 419 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 420 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 421 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 422 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 423 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 424 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 425 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 426 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
427 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
428 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 429 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 430 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
431@end ifset
432@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
433
434@emph{Target MMIX options:}
435 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
436 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
437 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 438 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 439@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
440@ifset NIOSII
441
442@emph{Target Nios II options:}
443 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
444 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
445@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
446@ifset NDS32
447
448@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
449 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
450 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
451 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
452 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
453 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
454 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
455 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
456 [@b{-mb2bb}]
457@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
458@ifset PDP11
459
460@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
461 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
462 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 463 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
464@end ifset
465@ifset PJ
466
467@emph{Target picoJava options:}
468 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
469@end ifset
470@ifset PPC
471
472@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
473 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
474 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
475 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 476 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 477 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
a680de9a 478 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
74081948 479 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mspe2}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 480 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 481 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
482 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
483 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 484 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 485 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 486@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
487@ifset PRU
488
489@emph{Target PRU options:}
490 [@b{-link-relax}]
491 [@b{-mnolink-relax}]
492 [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}]
493@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
494@ifset RISCV
495
496@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
497 [@b{-fpic}|@b{-fPIC}|@b{-fno-pic}]
498 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
499 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
500@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
501@ifset RL78
502
503@emph{Target RL78 options:}
504 [@b{-mg10}]
505 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
506@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
507@ifset RX
508
509@emph{Target RX options:}
510 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 511 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
512 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
513 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
514 [@b{-mpid}]
515 [@b{-mrelax}]
516 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
517 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 518@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
519@ifset S390
520
521@emph{Target s390 options:}
522 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
523 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
524 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
525@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
526@ifset SCORE
527
528@emph{Target SCORE options:}
529 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
530 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
531 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
532 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
533@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
534@ifset SPARC
535
536@emph{Target SPARC options:}
537@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
538 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
539 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
540 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
541 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
542 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
543 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
544 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
545 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
546 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
547 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
548 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
549 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
550 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 551 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 552 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
553@end ifset
554@ifset TIC54X
555
556@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 557 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
558 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
559@end ifset
40b36596
JM
560@ifset TIC6X
561
562@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
563 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
564 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
565 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 566@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
567@ifset TILEGX
568
569@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 570 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
571@end ifset
572@ifset TILEPRO
573@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
574@end ifset
b6605ddd 575@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 576
b6605ddd
EB
577@emph{Target Visium options:}
578 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
579@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
580@ifset XTENSA
581
582@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
583 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
584 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
585 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
586 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
587 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 588 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 589@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
590@ifset Z80
591
592@emph{Target Z80 options:}
593 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
594 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
595 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
596 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
597 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
598 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
599 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
600@end ifset
a4fb0134 601@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 602
a4fb0134 603@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 604@end ifset
e0001a05 605
0285c67d 606@c man end
252b5132
RH
607@end smallexample
608
0285c67d
NC
609@c man begin OPTIONS
610
a4fb0134 611@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 612@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 613
83f10cb2 614@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
615Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
616
a4fb0134 617@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
618@item -ac
619omit false conditionals
620
621@item -ad
622omit debugging directives
623
83f10cb2
NC
624@item -ag
625include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
626
252b5132
RH
627@item -ah
628include high-level source
629
630@item -al
631include assembly
632
633@item -am
634include macro expansions
635
636@item -an
637omit forms processing
638
639@item -as
640include symbols
641
642@item =file
643set the name of the listing file
644@end table
645
646You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
647listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
648the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
649
caa32fe5 650@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
651Begin in alternate macro mode.
652@ifclear man
653@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
654@end ifclear
caa32fe5 655
955974c6 656@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
657Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
658ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
659linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
660given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 661
151411f8
L
662@ifset ELF
663@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
664@item --compress-debug-sections=none
665@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
666@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
667@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
668These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
669@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
670@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
671@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 672@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 673@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
674@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
675sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
676@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
677@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
678
151411f8
L
679@end ifset
680
955974c6 681@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
682Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
683targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
684override this.
955974c6 685
252b5132
RH
686@item -D
687Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
688other assemblers.
689
3d6b762c
JM
690@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
691When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
692information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
693
252b5132
RH
694@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
695Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
696@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
697indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
698value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
699use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
700
701@item -f
702``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
703compiler output).
704
329e276d
NC
705@item -g
706@itemx --gen-debug
707Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
708debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
709ECOFF or DWARF2.
710
252b5132
RH
711@item --gstabs
712Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
713may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
714
05da4302
NC
715@item --gstabs+
716Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
717extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
718debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
719may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
720the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
721
329e276d 722@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 723Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 724may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 725option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 726
b40bf0a2
NC
727@item --gdwarf-sections
728Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
729.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
730corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
731will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
732@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
733then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
734suffix.
735
b8871f35 736@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
737@item --size-check=error
738@itemx --size-check=warning
739Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
740
b8871f35
L
741@item --elf-stt-common=no
742@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
743These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
744symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
745by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
746@end ifset
747
252b5132
RH
748@item --help
749Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
750
ea20a7da
CC
751@item --target-help
752Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
753
252b5132
RH
754@item -I @var{dir}
755Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
756
757@item -J
758Don't warn about signed overflow.
759
760@item -K
761@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
762This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
763@end ifclear
764@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
765Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
766@end ifset
767
768@item -L
769@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
770Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
771system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
772or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
773@ifclear man
774@xref{Symbol Names}.
775@end ifclear
252b5132 776
c3a27914
NC
777@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
778Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
779listing to @var{number}.
780
781@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
782Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
783lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
784
785@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
786Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
787@var{number} bytes.
788
789@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
790Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
791to @var{number} + 1.
792
2edb36e7
NC
793@item --no-pad-sections
794Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
795of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
796which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
797
252b5132 798@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 799Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
800
801@item -R
802Fold the data section into the text section.
803
d60646b9 804@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
805Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
806@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
807assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
808memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
809requirements at the expense of speed.
810
811@item --reduce-memory-overheads
812This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
813assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
814@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
815
451133ce
NP
816@ifset ELF
817@item --sectname-subst
818Honor substitution sequences in section names.
819@ifclear man
820@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
821@end ifclear
822@end ifset
823
252b5132
RH
824@item --statistics
825Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
826assembly.
827
828@item --strip-local-absolute
829Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
830
831@item -v
832@itemx -version
a4fb0134 833Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
834
835@item --version
a4fb0134 836Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
837
838@item -W
2bdd6cf5 839@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
840Suppress warning messages.
841
2bdd6cf5
GK
842@item --fatal-warnings
843Treat warnings as errors.
844
845@item --warn
846Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
847
252b5132
RH
848@item -w
849Ignored.
850
851@item -x
852Ignored.
853
854@item -Z
855Generate an object file even after errors.
856
857@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
858Standard input, or source files to assemble.
859
860@end table
2a633939
JM
861@c man end
862
a06ea964
NC
863@ifset AARCH64
864
865@ifclear man
866@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
867for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
868@end ifclear
869
870@ifset man
871@c man begin OPTIONS
872The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
87364-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
874@c man end
875@c man begin INCLUDE
876@include c-aarch64.texi
877@c ended inside the included file
878@end ifset
879
880@end ifset
881
2a633939
JM
882@ifset ALPHA
883
884@ifclear man
885@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
886for an Alpha processor.
887@end ifclear
888
889@ifset man
890@c man begin OPTIONS
891The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
892processor.
893@c man end
894@c man begin INCLUDE
895@include c-alpha.texi
896@c ended inside the included file
897@end ifset
898
899@end ifset
252b5132 900
2a633939 901@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 902@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
903The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
904processor.
252b5132 905
a4fb0134 906@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 907@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
908This option selects the core processor variant.
909@item -EB | -EL
910Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
911@item -mcode-density
912Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
913@end table
914@end ifset
915
916@ifset ARM
917The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
918processor family.
919
a4fb0134 920@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 921@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 922Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 923@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 924Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 925@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 926Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
927@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
928Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
929@item -mthumb
930Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 931@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
932Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
933@item -EB | -EL
934Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
935@item -mthumb-interwork
936Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
937ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
938@item -mccs
939Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
940@item -k
941Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
942@end table
943@end ifset
635fb38d 944@c man end
252b5132 945
9982501a 946@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
947
948@ifclear man
949@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
950configured for the Blackfin processor family.
951@end ifclear
952
953@ifset man
954@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
955The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
956the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
957@c man end
958@c man begin INCLUDE
959@include c-bfin.texi
960@c ended inside the included file
961@end ifset
9982501a 962
9982501a
JZ
963@end ifset
964
635fb38d 965@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
966@ifset CRIS
967See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
968@end ifset
969
252b5132
RH
970@ifset D10V
971The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
972a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 973@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
974@cindex D10V optimization
975@cindex optimization, D10V
976@item -O
977Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
978@end table
979@end ifset
980
981@ifset D30V
982The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
983processor.
a4fb0134 984@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
985@cindex D30V optimization
986@cindex optimization, D30V
987@item -O
988Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
989
990@cindex D30V nops
991@item -n
992Warn when nops are generated.
993
994@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
995@item -N
996Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
997@end table
998@end ifset
731caf76
L
999@c man end
1000
cfb8c092
NC
1001@ifset EPIPHANY
1002The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1003Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1004
56b13185
JR
1005@ifclear man
1006@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1007configured for an Epiphany processor.
1008@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1009
56b13185
JR
1010@ifset man
1011@c man begin OPTIONS
1012The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1013an Epiphany processor.
1014@c man end
1015@c man begin INCLUDE
1016@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1017@c ended inside the included file
1018@end ifset
1019
1020@end ifset
1021
1022@ifset H8300
1023
1024@ifclear man
1025@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1026for an H8/300 processor.
1027@end ifclear
1028
1029@ifset man
1030@c man begin OPTIONS
1031The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1032processor.
1033@c man end
1034@c man begin INCLUDE
1035@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1036@c ended inside the included file
1037@end ifset
cfb8c092 1038
cfb8c092
NC
1039@end ifset
1040
731caf76 1041@ifset I80386
252b5132 1042
731caf76
L
1043@ifclear man
1044@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1045configured for an i386 processor.
1046@end ifclear
1047
1048@ifset man
1049@c man begin OPTIONS
1050The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1051an i386 processor.
1052@c man end
1053@c man begin INCLUDE
1054@include c-i386.texi
1055@c ended inside the included file
1056@end ifset
1057
1058@end ifset
1059
1060@c man begin OPTIONS
a40cbfa3
NC
1061@ifset IP2K
1062The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1063Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1064
1065@table @gcctabopt
1066
1067@item -mip2022ext
1068Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1069
1070@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1071Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1072just the basic IP2022 ones.
1073
1074@end table
1075@end ifset
1076
49f58d10
JB
1077@ifset M32C
1078The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1079Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1080
1081@table @gcctabopt
1082
1083@item -m32c
1084Assemble M32C instructions.
1085
1086@item -m16c
1087Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1088
c54b5932
DD
1089@item -relax
1090Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1091
1092@item -h-tick-hex
1093Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1094
49f58d10
JB
1095@end table
1096@end ifset
1097
ec694b89
NC
1098@ifset M32R
1099The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1100Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1101
a4fb0134 1102@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1103
1104@item --m32rx
1105Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1106is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1107
1108@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1109Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1110encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1111
1112@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1113Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1114encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1115
1116@end table
1117@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1118
1119@ifset M680X0
1120The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1121Motorola 68000 series.
1122
a4fb0134 1123@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1124
1125@item -l
1126Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1127
0285c67d
NC
1128@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1129@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1130@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1131Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1132is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1133
1134@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1135The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1136The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1137the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1138two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1139coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1140
1141@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1142The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1143unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1144
1145@end table
1146@end ifset
1147
36591ba1
SL
1148@ifset NIOSII
1149
1150@ifclear man
1151@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1152for an Altera Nios II processor.
1153@end ifclear
1154
1155@ifset man
1156@c man begin OPTIONS
1157The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1158Altera Nios II processor.
1159@c man end
1160@c man begin INCLUDE
1161@include c-nios2.texi
1162@c ended inside the included file
1163@end ifset
1164@end ifset
1165
e135f41b
NC
1166@ifset PDP11
1167
1168For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1169see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1170
a4fb0134 1171@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1172@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1173Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1174default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1175
1176@item -mall
1177@itemx -mall-extensions
1178Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1179
1180@item -mno-extensions
1181Disable all instruction set extensions.
1182
1183@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1184Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1185
1186@item -m@var{cpu}
1187Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1188disable all other extensions.
1189
1190@item -m@var{machine}
1191Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1192model, and disable all other extensions.
1193@end table
1194
1195@end ifset
1196
041dd5a9
ILT
1197@ifset PJ
1198The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1199a picoJava processor.
1200
a4fb0134 1201@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1202
1203@cindex PJ endianness
1204@cindex endianness, PJ
1205@cindex big endian output, PJ
1206@item -mb
1207Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1208
1209@cindex little endian output, PJ
1210@item -ml
1211Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1212
1213@end table
1214@end ifset
1215
93f11b16
DD
1216@ifset PRU
1217
1218@ifclear man
1219@xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1220for a PRU processor.
1221@end ifclear
1222
1223@ifset man
1224@c man begin OPTIONS
1225The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1226PRU processor.
1227@c man end
1228@c man begin INCLUDE
1229@include c-pru.texi
1230@c ended inside the included file
1231@end ifset
1232@end ifset
1233
60bcf0fa
NC
1234@ifset M68HC11
1235The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1236Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1237
a4fb0134 1238@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1239
6927f982 1240@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1241Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1242defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1243
6927f982
NC
1244@item --xgate-ramoffset
1245Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1246XGATE address space.
1247
2f904664
SC
1248@item -mshort
1249Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1250
1251@item -mlong
01642c12 1252Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1253
1254@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1255Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1256
1257@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1258Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1259
1370e33d 1260@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1261Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1262conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1263sub routine.
1264
1370e33d
NC
1265@item -S | --short-branches
1266Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1267when the offset is out of range.
1268
1269@item --strict-direct-mode
1270Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1271when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1272
1273@item --print-insn-syntax
1274Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1275
1276@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1277Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1278
1279@item --generate-example
6927f982 1280Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1281This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1282
1283@end table
1284@end ifset
1285
252b5132 1286@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1287The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1288for the SPARC architecture:
1289
a4fb0134 1290@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1291@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1292@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1293Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1294
1295@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1296@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1297
1298@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1299UltraSPARC extensions.
1300
1301@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1302For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1303equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1304
1305@item -bump
1306Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1307@end table
1308@end ifset
1309
39bec121
TW
1310@ifset TIC54X
1311The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1312architecture.
39bec121 1313
a4fb0134 1314@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1315@item -mfar-mode
1316Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1317extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1318@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1319Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1320@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1321Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1322behaviour in the shell.
1323@end table
1324@end ifset
1325
252b5132 1326@ifset MIPS
73201331 1327@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 1328The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1329a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1330
a4fb0134 1331@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1332@item -G @var{num}
1333This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1334implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1335use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1336
1337@cindex MIPS endianness
1338@cindex endianness, MIPS
1339@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1340@item -EB
1341Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1342
1343@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1344@item -EL
1345Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1346
1347@cindex MIPS ISA
1348@item -mips1
1349@itemx -mips2
1350@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1351@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1352@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1353@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1354@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1355@itemx -mips32r3
1356@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1357@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1358@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1359@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1360@itemx -mips64r3
1361@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1362@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1363Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1364@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1365alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1366@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1367@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1368@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1369@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1370MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1371Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1372MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1373
98508b2a
RS
1374@item -march=@var{cpu}
1375Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1376
1377@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1378Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1379
1380@item -mfix7000
1381@itemx -mno-fix7000
1382Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1383of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1384
a8d14a88
CM
1385@item -mfix-rm7000
1386@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1387Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1388followed by a load instruction.
1389
ecb4347a
DJ
1390@item -mdebug
1391@itemx -no-mdebug
1392Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1393section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1394
dcd410fe
RO
1395@item -mpdr
1396@itemx -mno-pdr
1397Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1398
437ee9d5
TS
1399@item -mgp32
1400@itemx -mfp32
1401The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1402flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1403all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1404and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1405
351cdf24
MF
1406@item -mgp64
1407@itemx -mfp64
1408The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1409flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1410all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1411and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1412
1413@item -mfpxx
1414The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1415this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1416which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
141732 or 64 bits wide.
1418
1419@item -modd-spreg
1420@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1421Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1422registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1423@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1424
437ee9d5
TS
1425@item -mips16
1426@itemx -no-mips16
1427Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51 1428@code{.module mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
437ee9d5 1429turns off this option.
252b5132 1430
25499ac7
MR
1431@item -mmips16e2
1432@itemx -mno-mips16e2
1433Enable the use of MIPS16e2 instructions in MIPS16 mode. This is equivalent
1434to putting @code{.module mips16e2} at the start of the assembly file.
1435@samp{-mno-mips16e2} turns off this option.
1436
df58fc94
RS
1437@item -mmicromips
1438@itemx -mno-micromips
1439Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51
MR
1440@code{.module micromips} at the start of the assembly file.
1441@samp{-mno-micromips} turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting
1442@code{.module nomicromips} at the start of the assembly file.
df58fc94 1443
e16bfa71
TS
1444@item -msmartmips
1445@itemx -mno-smartmips
32035f51
MR
1446Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1447equivalent to putting @code{.module smartmips} at the start of the assembly
1448file. @samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
e16bfa71 1449
1f25f5d3
CD
1450@item -mips3d
1451@itemx -no-mips3d
1452Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1453This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1454@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1455
deec1734
CD
1456@item -mdmx
1457@itemx -no-mdmx
1458Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1459This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1460@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1461
2ef2b9ae
CF
1462@item -mdsp
1463@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1464Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1465This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1466@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1467
8b082fb1
TS
1468@item -mdspr2
1469@itemx -mno-dspr2
1470Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1471This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1472This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1473@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1474
8f4f9071
MF
1475@item -mdspr3
1476@itemx -mno-dspr3
1477Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1478This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1479This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1480@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1481
56d438b1
CF
1482@item -mmsa
1483@itemx -mno-msa
1484Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1485This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1486@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1487
7d64c587
AB
1488@item -mxpa
1489@itemx -mno-xpa
1490Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1491This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1492@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1493
ef2e4d86
CF
1494@item -mmt
1495@itemx -mno-mt
1496Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1497This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1498@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1499
dec0624d
MR
1500@item -mmcu
1501@itemx -mno-mcu
1502Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1503This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1504@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1505
833794fc
MR
1506@item -minsn32
1507@itemx -mno-insn32
1508Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1509microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1510instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1511the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1512option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1513start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1514selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1515
437ee9d5
TS
1516@item --construct-floats
1517@itemx --no-construct-floats
1518The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1519double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1520value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1521the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1522selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1523
3bf0dbfb
MR
1524@item --relax-branch
1525@itemx --no-relax-branch
1526The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1527branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1528out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1529
8b10b0b3
MR
1530@item -mignore-branch-isa
1531@itemx -mno-ignore-branch-isa
1532Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The
1533semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in
1534most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the
1535same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has
1536checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA
1537modes match. @samp{-mignore-branch-isa} disables these checks. By
1538default @samp{-mno-ignore-branch-isa} is selected, causing any invalid
1539branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error.
1540
ba92f887
MR
1541@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1542Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1543(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1544
252b5132
RH
1545@cindex emulation
1546@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1547This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1548on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1549removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1550It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1551
1552The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1553@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1554is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1555big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1556preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1557
1558@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1559@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1560the native tools.
1561
252b5132
RH
1562@item --trap
1563@itemx --no-trap
1564@itemx --break
1565@itemx --no-break
1566Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1567@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1568(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1569@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1570break exception.
63486801
L
1571
1572@item -n
a4fb0134 1573When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1574time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132 1575@end table
73201331 1576@c man end
252b5132
RH
1577@end ifset
1578
1579@ifset MCORE
1580The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1581an MCore processor.
1582
a4fb0134 1583@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1584@item -jsri2bsr
1585@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1586Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1587The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1588
1589@item -sifilter
1590@itemx -nosifilter
1591Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1592The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1593
1594@item -relax
1595Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1596
ec694b89
NC
1597@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1598Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1599can be assembled.
1600
1601@item -EB
1602Assemble for a big endian target.
1603
1604@item -EL
1605Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1606
1607@end table
1608@end ifset
a3c62988 1609@c man end
252b5132 1610
a3c62988
NC
1611@ifset METAG
1612
1613@ifclear man
1614@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1615for a Meta processor.
1616@end ifclear
1617
1618@ifset man
1619@c man begin OPTIONS
1620The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1621Meta processor.
1622@c man end
1623@c man begin INCLUDE
1624@include c-metag.texi
1625@c ended inside the included file
1626@end ifset
1627
1628@end ifset
1629
1630@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1631@ifset MMIX
1632See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1633@end ifset
1634
35c08157
KLC
1635@ifset NDS32
1636
1637@ifclear man
1638@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1639for a NDS32 processor.
1640@end ifclear
1641@c ended inside the included file
1642@end ifset
1643
1644@ifset man
1645@c man begin OPTIONS
1646The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1647NDS32 processor.
1648@c man end
1649@c man begin INCLUDE
1650@include c-nds32.texi
1651@c ended inside the included file
1652@end ifset
1653
635fb38d 1654@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1655@ifset PPC
1656
1657@ifclear man
1658@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1659for a PowerPC processor.
1660@end ifclear
1661
1662@ifset man
1663@c man begin OPTIONS
1664The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1665PowerPC processor.
1666@c man end
1667@c man begin INCLUDE
1668@include c-ppc.texi
1669@c ended inside the included file
1670@end ifset
1671
1672@end ifset
1673
e23eba97
NC
1674@ifset RISCV
1675
1676@ifclear man
b57e49f7 1677@xref{RISC-V-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
e23eba97
NC
1678for a RISC-V processor.
1679@end ifclear
1680
1681@ifset man
1682@c man begin OPTIONS
1683The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
b57e49f7 1684RISC-V processor.
e23eba97
NC
1685@c man end
1686@c man begin INCLUDE
1687@include c-riscv.texi
1688@c ended inside the included file
1689@end ifset
1690
1691@end ifset
1692
635fb38d 1693@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1694@ifset RX
1695See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1696@end ifset
1697
11c19e16
MS
1698@ifset S390
1699The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1700processor family.
1701
1702@table @gcctabopt
1703@item -m31
1704@itemx -m64
1705Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1706@item -mesa
1707@item -mzarch
1708Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1709Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1710@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1711Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1712@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1713@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1714@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
47826cdb 1715@samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}), or @samp{z14} (or @samp{arch12}).
11c19e16
MS
1716@item -mregnames
1717@itemx -mno-regnames
1718Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1719@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1720Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1721but evaluates to zero.
1722@end table
1723@end ifset
2a633939 1724@c man end
11c19e16 1725
40b36596 1726@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1727
1728@ifclear man
1729@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1730for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1731@end ifclear
1732
1733@ifset man
1734@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1735The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1736TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1737@c man end
1738@c man begin INCLUDE
1739@include c-tic6x.texi
1740@c ended inside the included file
1741@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1742
1743@end ifset
1744
aa137e4d
NC
1745@ifset TILEGX
1746
1747@ifclear man
1748@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1749for a TILE-Gx processor.
1750@end ifclear
1751
1752@ifset man
1753@c man begin OPTIONS
1754The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1755processor.
1756@c man end
1757@c man begin INCLUDE
1758@include c-tilegx.texi
1759@c ended inside the included file
1760@end ifset
1761
1762@end ifset
1763
b6605ddd
EB
1764@ifset VISIUM
1765
1766@ifclear man
1767@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1768for a Visium processor.
1769@end ifclear
1770
1771@ifset man
1772@c man begin OPTIONS
1773The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1774processor.
1775@c man end
1776@c man begin INCLUDE
1777@include c-visium.texi
1778@c ended inside the included file
1779@end ifset
1780
1781@end ifset
1782
e0001a05 1783@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1784
2d8b84ae
SA
1785@ifclear man
1786@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1787for an Xtensa processor.
1788@end ifclear
1789
1790@ifset man
1791@c man begin OPTIONS
1792The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1793Xtensa processor.
1794@c man end
1795@c man begin INCLUDE
1796@include c-xtensa.texi
1797@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1798@end ifset
1799
2d8b84ae
SA
1800@end ifset
1801
1802@c man begin OPTIONS
1803
3c9b82ba
NC
1804@ifset Z80
1805The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1806a Z80 family processor.
1807@table @gcctabopt
1808@item -z80
1809Assemble for Z80 processor.
1810@item -r800
1811Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1812@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1813@itemx -Wnud
1814Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1815@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1816@itemx -Wnup
1817Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1818@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1819@itemx -Wud
1820Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1821@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1822@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1823Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1824@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1825@itemx -Fud
1826Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1827@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1828@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1829Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1830@end table
1831@end ifset
1832
0285c67d
NC
1833@c man end
1834
252b5132
RH
1835@menu
1836* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1837* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1838* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1839* Command Line:: Command Line
1840* Input Files:: Input Files
1841* Object:: Output (Object) File
1842* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1843@end menu
1844
1845@node Manual
1846@section Structure of this Manual
1847
1848@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1849This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1850@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1851notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1852@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1853
1854@ifclear GENERIC
1855We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1856configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1857@end ifclear
1858@ifset GENERIC
1859This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1860various flavors of the assembler.
1861@end ifset
1862
1863@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1864On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1865to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1866In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1867architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1868mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1869particular architecture.
1870@ifset GENERIC
1871You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1872machine architecture manual for this information.
1873@end ifset
1874@ifclear GENERIC
1875@ifset H8/300
1876For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1877Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1878Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1879@end ifset
252b5132 1880@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1881For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1882see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1883@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1884@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1885@end ifset
1886@ifset Z8000
1887For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1888@end ifset
1889@end ifclear
1890
1891@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1892@ignore
1893Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1894the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1895Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1896computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1897once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1898qualification.
1899
a4fb0134 1900@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1901human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1902computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1903@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1904@end ignore
1905
1906@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1907@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1908@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1909@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1910@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1911@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1912@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1913@c directives).
1914
1915@node GNU Assembler
1916@section The GNU Assembler
1917
0285c67d
NC
1918@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1919
a4fb0134 1920@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1921@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1922This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1923configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1924@end ifclear
1925If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1926should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1927architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1928including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1929@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1930
1931@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1932@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1933@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1934@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1935assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1936machine would assemble.
1937@ifset VAX
1938Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1939@end ifset
1940@ifset M680X0
1941@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1942@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1943This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1944assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1945incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1946@end ifset
1947
0285c67d
NC
1948@c man end
1949
a4fb0134 1950Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1951program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1952@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1953
1954@node Object Formats
1955@section Object File Formats
1956
1957@cindex object file format
1958The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1959object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1960write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1961are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1962Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1963@ifclear GENERIC
1964@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1965For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1966@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1967@end ifclear
1968@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1969@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1970On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1971SOM or ELF format object files.
1972@end ifset
1973@end ifclear
1974
1975@node Command Line
1976@section Command Line
1977
1978@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1979
a4fb0134 1980After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1981options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1982before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1983significant.
1984
1985@cindex standard input, as input file
1986@kindex --
1987@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1988explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1989
1990@cindex options, command line
1991Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1992hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1993@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1994option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1995the letter is important. All options are optional.
1996
1997Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1998name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1999with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
2000standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
2001
2002@smallexample
2003@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
2004@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
2005@end smallexample
2006
2007@node Input Files
2008@section Input Files
2009
2010@cindex input
2011@cindex source program
2012@cindex files, input
2013We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2014describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2015be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2016doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2017
2018@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2019@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2020The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2021order specified.
2022
0285c67d 2023@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2024Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2025program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2026(The standard input is also a file.)
2027
a4fb0134 2028You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
2029names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
2030command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
2031is taken to be an input file name.
2032
a4fb0134
SC
2033If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2034from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2035may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2036to assemble.
2037
2038Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2039in your command line.
2040
a4fb0134 2041If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2042file.
2043
0285c67d
NC
2044@c man end
2045
252b5132
RH
2046@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2047
2048@cindex input file linenumbers
2049@cindex line numbers, in input files
2050There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2051either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2052number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2053``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2054
2055@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2056to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2057
2058@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2059directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2060error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2061is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2062@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2063@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2064
2065@node Object
2066@section Output (Object) File
2067
2068@cindex object file
2069@cindex output file
2070@kindex a.out
2071@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2072Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132 2073your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
a8eb42a8 2074is the object file. Its default name is @code{a.out}.
a4fb0134 2075You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2076object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2077reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2078directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2079possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2080
2081@cindex linker
2082@kindex ld
2083The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2084assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2085the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2086information for the debugger.
2087
2088@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2089@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2090
2091@node Errors
2092@section Error and Warning Messages
2093
0285c67d
NC
2094@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2095
a349d9dd 2096@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2097@cindex warning messages
2098@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2099@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2100file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2101runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2102that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2103grave problem that stops the assembly.
2104
0285c67d
NC
2105@c man end
2106
252b5132
RH
2107@cindex format of warning messages
2108Warning messages have the format
2109
2110@smallexample
2111file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2112@end smallexample
2113
2114@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2115@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2116(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2117(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2118@ifset GENERIC
2119(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2120@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2121have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2122in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2123intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2124
2125Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2126directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2127
2128@smallexample
2129 .file 2 "bar.c"
2130 error_assembler_source
2131 .file "foo.c"
2132 .line 30
2133 error_c_source
2134@end smallexample
2135
2136produces this output:
2137
2138@smallexample
2139 Assembler messages:
2140 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2141 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2142@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2143
2144@cindex format of error messages
2145Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2146
252b5132
RH
2147@smallexample
2148file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2149@end smallexample
72e0b254 2150
252b5132
RH
2151The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2152messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2153because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2154
2155@node Invoking
2156@chapter Command-Line Options
2157
2158@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2159This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2160versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2161for options specific
252b5132 2162@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2163to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2164@end ifclear
2165@ifset GENERIC
2166to particular machine architectures.
2167@end ifset
2168
0285c67d
NC
2169@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2170
c1253627 2171If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2172you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2173The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2174by commas. For example:
2175
2176@smallexample
2177gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2178@end smallexample
2179
2180@noindent
2181This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2182standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2183local symbols in the symbol table).
2184
2185Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2186command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2187(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2188precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2189assembler.)
2190
0285c67d
NC
2191@c man end
2192
252b5132 2193@menu
83f10cb2 2194* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2195* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2196* D:: -D for compatibility
2197* f:: -f to work faster
2198* I:: -I for .include search path
2199@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2200* K:: -K for compatibility
2201@end ifclear
2202@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2203* K:: -K for difference tables
2204@end ifset
2205
ba83aca1 2206* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2207* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2208* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2209* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2210* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2211* o:: -o to name the object file
2212* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2213* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2214* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2215* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2216* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2217* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2218@end menu
2219
2220@node a
83f10cb2 2221@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2222
2223@kindex -a
2224@kindex -ac
2225@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2226@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2227@kindex -ah
2228@kindex -al
2229@kindex -an
2230@kindex -as
2231@cindex listings, enabling
2232@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2233
2234These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2235@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2236You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2237@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2238@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2239@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2240High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2241@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2242also.
2243
83f10cb2
NC
2244Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2245information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2246
252b5132
RH
2247Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2248which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2249other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2250omitted from the listing.
2251
2252Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2253listing.
2254
2255Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2256listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2257@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2258@code{.sbttl}.
2259The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2260If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2261listing-control directives have no effect.
2262
2263The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2264@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2265
96e9638b
BW
2266Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2267because it
c3a27914
NC
2268is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2269is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2270directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2271stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2272memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2273
caa32fe5
NC
2274@node alternate
2275@section @option{--alternate}
2276
2277@kindex --alternate
2278Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2279
252b5132 2280@node D
a4fb0134 2281@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2282
2283@kindex -D
2284This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2285likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2286@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2287
2288@node f
a4fb0134 2289@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2290
2291@kindex -f
2292@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2293@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2294@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2295(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2296and comment preprocessing on
2297the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2298,Preprocessing}.
2299
2300@quotation
2301@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2302preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2303not work correctly.
2304@end quotation
2305
2306@node I
c1253627 2307@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2308
2309@kindex -I @var{path}
2310@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2311@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2312@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2313Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2314@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2315directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2316many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2317working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2318searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2319specified (left to right) on the command line.
2320
2321@node K
a4fb0134 2322@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2323
2324@kindex -K
2325@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2326On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2327permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2328where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2329generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2330family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2331alteration on other platforms.
2332@end ifclear
2333
2334@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2335@cindex difference tables, warning
2336@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2337@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2338form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2339You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2340is done.
2341@end ifset
2342
2343@node L
ba83aca1 2344@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2345
2346@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2347@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2348Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2349@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2350called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2351such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2352programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2353notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2354such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2355
2356This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2357in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2358@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2359
c3a27914 2360@node listing
a4fb0134 2361@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2362
2363The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2364@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2365hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2366them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2367directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2368@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2369@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2370@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2371
a4fb0134 2372@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2373@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2374@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2375@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2376Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2377dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2378
2379@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2380@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2381@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2382Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2383a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2384the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2385switch is used the default is to one.
2386
2387@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2388@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2389@cindex Width of source line output
2390Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2391alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2392source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2393
2394@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2395@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2396@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2397Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2398displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2399@end table
2400
252b5132 2401@node M
a4fb0134 2402@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2403
2404@kindex -M
2405@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2406The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2407changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
a8eb42a8
AM
2408compatible with the @code{ASM68K} assembler from Microtec Research.
2409The exact nature of the
252b5132
RH
2410MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2411information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2412arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2413assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2414
2415The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2416depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2417file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2418individually. These are:
2419
2420@itemize @bullet
2421@item global symbols in common section
2422
2423The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2424Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2425common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2426symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2427symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2428
2429@item complex relocations
2430
2431The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2432relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2433are not support by other object file formats.
2434
2435@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2436
2437The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2438This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2439instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2440script.
2441
2442@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2443
2444The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2445name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2446
2447@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2448
2449The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2450address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2451which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2452not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2453assigned within a linker script.
2454@end itemize
2455
2456There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2457@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2458seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2459
2460@itemize @bullet
2461
2462@item EBCDIC strings
2463
2464EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2465
2466@item packed binary coded decimal
2467
2468Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2469and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2470
2471@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2472
2473The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2474
2475@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2476
2477The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2478
2479@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2480
2481The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2482@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2483relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2484these options serve no purpose.
2485
2486@item @code{OPT} list control options
2487
2488The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2489@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2490@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2491
2492@item other @code{OPT} options
2493
2494The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2495@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2496
2497@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2498
2499The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2500@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2501
2502@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2503
2504The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2505
252b5132
RH
2506@end itemize
2507
2508@node MD
c1253627 2509@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2510
2511@kindex --MD
2512@cindex dependency tracking
2513@cindex make rules
2514
a4fb0134 2515@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2516file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2517dependencies of the main source file.
2518
2519The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2520
2521This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2522
2edb36e7
NC
2523@node no-pad-sections
2524@section Output Section Padding
2525@kindex --no-pad-sections
2526@cindex output section padding
2527Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2528alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2529memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2530disable this behaviour.
2531
252b5132 2532@node o
a4fb0134 2533@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2534
2535@kindex -o
2536@cindex naming object file
2537@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2538There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
a8eb42a8 2539default it has the name @file{a.out}.
252b5132
RH
2540You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2541object file a different name.
2542
a4fb0134 2543Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2544existing file of the same name.
2545
2546@node R
a4fb0134 2547@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2548
2549@kindex -R
2550@cindex data and text sections, joining
2551@cindex text and data sections, joining
2552@cindex joining text and data sections
2553@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2554@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2555data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2556the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2557section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2558your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2559appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2560
a4fb0134 2561When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2562address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2563data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2564older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2565
c1253627
NC
2566@ifset COFF-ELF
2567When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2568this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2569@samp{.data}.
2570@end ifset
2571
2572@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2573@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2574@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2575@end ifset
2576
2577@node statistics
a4fb0134 2578@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2579
2580@kindex --statistics
2581@cindex statistics, about assembly
2582@cindex time, total for assembly
2583@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2584Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2585@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2586(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2587seconds).
2588
2589@node traditional-format
c1253627 2590@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2591
2592@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2593For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2594from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2595@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2596
2597For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2598@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2599
2600@node v
a4fb0134 2601@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2602
2603@kindex -v
2604@kindex -version
2605@cindex assembler version
2606@cindex version of assembler
2607You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2608option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2609command line.
2610
2611@node W
a4fb0134 2612@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2613
a4fb0134 2614@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2615assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2616cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2617made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2618
c1253627
NC
2619@kindex -W
2620@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2621@cindex suppressing warnings
2622@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2623If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2624This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2625how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2626are still reported.
2627
c1253627 2628@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2629@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2630@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2631If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2632files that generate warnings to be in error.
2633
c1253627 2634@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2635@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2636You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2637causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2638
2639@node Z
a4fb0134 2640@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2641@cindex object file, after errors
2642@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2643After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2644some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2645@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2646option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2647writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2648errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2649
2650@node Syntax
2651@chapter Syntax
2652
2653@cindex machine-independent syntax
2654@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2655This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2656source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2657assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2658@ifclear VAX
2659assembler.
2660@end ifclear
2661@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2662assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2663@end ifset
2664
2665@menu
7c31ae13 2666* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2667* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2668* Comments:: Comments
2669* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2670* Statements:: Statements
2671* Constants:: Constants
2672@end menu
2673
2674@node Preprocessing
2675@section Preprocessing
2676
2677@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2678The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2679@itemize @bullet
2680@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2681@item
2682adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2683the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2684a single space.
2685
2686@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2687@item
2688removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2689appropriate number of newlines.
2690
2691@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2692@item
2693converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2694@end itemize
2695
2696It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2697anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2698do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2699(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2700to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2701@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
2edb36e7 2702Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}.
252b5132
RH
2703
2704Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2705cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2706preprocessed.
2707
2708@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2709@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2710@kindex #NO_APP
2711@kindex #APP
2712If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2713@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2714Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2715specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2716text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2717@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2718@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2719and whitespace.
2720
2721@node Whitespace
2722@section Whitespace
2723
2724@cindex whitespace
2725@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2726Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2727people to read. Unless within character constants
2728(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2729as exactly one space.
2730
2731@node Comments
2732@section Comments
2733
2734@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2735There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2736cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2737
2738Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2739This means you may not nest these comments.
2740
2741@smallexample
2742/*
2743 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2744 is to use this sort of comment.
2745*/
2746
2747/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2748@end smallexample
2749
2750@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2751Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2752considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2753specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2754line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2755line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2756comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2757upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2758@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2759
2760If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2761special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2762to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2763
2764@kindex #
2765@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2766@cindex logical line numbers
2767To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2768special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2769expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2770line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2771new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2772
2773If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2774the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2775
2776@smallexample
2777 # This is an ordinary comment.
2778# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2779 # This is logical line # 36.
2780@end smallexample
2781This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2782of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2783
2784@node Symbol Intro
2785@section Symbols
2786
2787@cindex characters used in symbols
2788@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2789A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2790letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2791@samp{_.$}.
2792@end ifclear
2793@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2794@ifclear GENERIC
2795@ifset H8
2796A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2797letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2798@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2799symbol names.)
2800@end ifset
2801@end ifclear
2802@end ifset
2803@ifset GENERIC
2804On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2805are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2806@end ifset
2807No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2808There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2809are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2810beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2811of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2812
2813Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2814cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2815quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2816backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2817@cindex length of symbols
2818
2819@node Statements
2820@section Statements
2821
2822@cindex statements, structure of
2823@cindex line separator character
2824@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2825
2826A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2827@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2828specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2829target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2830The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2831preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2832exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2833
2834@cindex newline, required at file end
2835@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2836It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2837character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2838
2839An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2840
2841@cindex instructions and directives
2842@cindex directives and instructions
2843@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2844@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2845@c 13feb91.
2846A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2847key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2848symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2849symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2850directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2851a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2852assembles into a machine language instruction.
2853@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2854Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2855recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2856represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2857language.@refill
2858@end ifset
2859
2860@cindex @code{:} (label)
2861@cindex label (@code{:})
2862A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2863Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2864have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2865
2866@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2867For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2868the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2869only one label may be defined on each line.
2870@end ifset
2871
2872@smallexample
2873label: .directive followed by something
2874another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2875 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2876@end smallexample
2877
2878@node Constants
2879@section Constants
2880
2881@cindex constants
2882A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2883inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2884@smallexample
2885@group
2886.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2887.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2888.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2889.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
289095028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2891@end group
2892@end smallexample
2893
2894@menu
2895* Characters:: Character Constants
2896* Numbers:: Number Constants
2897@end menu
2898
2899@node Characters
2900@subsection Character Constants
2901
2902@cindex character constants
2903@cindex constants, character
2904There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2905for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2906numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2907@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2908used in arithmetic expressions.
2909
2910@menu
2911* Strings:: Strings
2912* Chars:: Characters
2913@end menu
2914
2915@node Strings
2916@subsubsection Strings
2917
2918@cindex string constants
2919@cindex constants, string
2920A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2921double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2922into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2923a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2924one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2925@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2926(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2927escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2928
2929@cindex escape codes, character
2930@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
2931@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
2932@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
2933@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
2934@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
2935@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
2936@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
2937@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
2938@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
2939@table @kbd
2940@c @item \a
2941@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2942@c
361fa3a4 2943@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
2944@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2945@item \b
2946Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2947
2948@c @item \e
2949@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2950@c
361fa3a4 2951@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 2952@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 2953@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
2954Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2955
361fa3a4 2956@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
2957@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2958@item \n
2959Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2960
2961@c @item \p
2962@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2963@c
361fa3a4
NC
2964@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
2965@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
2966@item \r
2967Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2968
2969@c @item \s
2970@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2971@c other assemblers.
2972@c
361fa3a4 2973@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
2974@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2975@item \t
2976Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2977
2978@c @item \v
2979@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2980@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2981@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2982@c
361fa3a4 2983@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
2984@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2985@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2986An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2987For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2988for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2989
361fa3a4 2990@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
2991@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2992@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2993A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2994lower case @code{x} works.
2995
361fa3a4 2996@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
2997@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2998@item \\
2999Represents one @samp{\} character.
3000
3001@c @item \'
3002@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3003@c This is needed in single character literals
3004@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3005@c a @samp{'}.
3006@c
361fa3a4 3007@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3008@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3009@item \"
3010Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3011this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3012
3013@item \ @var{anything-else}
3014Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3015assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3016you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3017interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3018other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3019code and warns you of the fact.
3020@end table
3021
3022Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3023varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3024the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3025compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3026sequence.
3027
3028@node Chars
3029@subsubsection Characters
3030
3031@cindex single character constant
3032@cindex character, single
3033@cindex constant, single character
9962fe29
AM
3034A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by
3035that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b},
3036@code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning
3037as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the
3038character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes
3039the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave
3040accent. A newline
252b5132
RH
3041@ifclear GENERIC
3042@ifclear abnormal-separator
3043(or semicolon @samp{;})
3044@end ifclear
3045@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3046@ifset H8
3047(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3048Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3049@end ifset
3050@end ifset
3051@end ifclear
3052immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3053and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3054constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3055that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3056@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3057
3058@node Numbers
3059@subsection Number Constants
3060
3061@cindex constants, number
3062@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3063@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3064are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3065would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3066integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3067are floating point numbers, described below.
3068
3069@menu
3070* Integers:: Integers
3071* Bignums:: Bignums
3072* Flonums:: Flonums
3073@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3074@end ifclear
3075@end menu
3076
3077@node Integers
3078@subsubsection Integers
3079@cindex integers
3080@cindex constants, integer
3081
3082@cindex binary integers
3083@cindex integers, binary
3084A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3085the binary digits @samp{01}.
3086
3087@cindex octal integers
3088@cindex integers, octal
3089An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3090digits (@samp{01234567}).
3091
3092@cindex decimal integers
3093@cindex integers, decimal
3094A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3095more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3096
3097@cindex hexadecimal integers
3098@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3099A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3100more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3101
3102Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3103the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3104(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3105
3106@node Bignums
3107@subsubsection Bignums
3108
3109@cindex bignums
3110@cindex constants, bignum
3111A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3112except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3113represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3114integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3115
3116@node Flonums
3117@subsubsection Flonums
3118@cindex flonums
3119@cindex floating point numbers
3120@cindex constants, floating point
3121
3122@cindex precision, floating point
3123A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3124indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3125@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3126sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3127to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3128portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3129
3130A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3131@itemize @bullet
3132@item
3133The digit @samp{0}.
3134@ifset HPPA
3135(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3136@end ifset
3137
3138@item
a4fb0134 3139A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3140@ifset GENERIC
3141@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3142@ignore
3143@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3144(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
31454.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3146@end ignore
3147
a8eb42a8 3148On the H8/300 and Renesas / SuperH SH architectures, the letter must be
252b5132
RH
3149one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3150
3151On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3152(in upper or lower case).
3153
252b5132
RH
3154On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3155@end ifset
3156@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3157@ifset ARC
3158One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3159@end ifset
3160@ifset H8
3161One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3162@end ifset
3163@ifset HPPA
3164The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3165@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3166@end ifclear
3167
3168@item
3169An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3170
3171@item
3172An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3173
3174@item
3175An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3176or more decimal digits.
3177
3178@item
3179An optional exponent, consisting of:
3180
3181@itemize @bullet
3182@item
3183An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3184@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3185@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3186@item
3187Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3188@item
3189One or more decimal digits.
3190@end itemize
3191
3192@end itemize
3193
3194At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3195present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3196
a4fb0134 3197@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3198independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3199@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 3200
252b5132
RH
3201@node Sections
3202@chapter Sections and Relocation
3203@cindex sections
3204@cindex relocation
3205
3206@menu
3207* Secs Background:: Background
3208* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3209* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3210* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3211* bss:: bss Section
3212@end menu
3213
3214@node Secs Background
3215@section Background
3216
3217Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3218``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3219For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3220
3221@cindex linker, and assembler
3222@cindex assembler, and linker
3223The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3224combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3225emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3226@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3227different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3228oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3229sections.
3230
3231@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3232addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3233units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3234within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3235run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3236the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3237the proper run-time addresses.
3238@ifset H8
7be1c489 3239For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3240@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3241ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3242@end ifset
3243
3244@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3245An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3246of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3247@dfn{bss} sections.
3248
c1253627 3249@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3250@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3251When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3252@end ifset
a4fb0134 3253@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3254using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3255If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3256or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3257@end ifset
3258
3259@ifset HPPA
3260@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3261When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3262@end ifset
a4fb0134 3263@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3264specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3265@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3266(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3267assembler directives.
3268
3269@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3270Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3271text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3272is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3273BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3274@end ifset
3275@end ifset
3276
3277Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3278data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3279
3280@ifset HPPA
3281When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3282section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3283@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3284@end ifset
3285
3286To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3287relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3288object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3289@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3290file is mentioned:
3291@itemize @bullet
3292@item
3293Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3294an address?
3295@item
3296How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3297@item
3298Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3299@display
3300(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3301@end display
3302@item
3303Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3304@end itemize
3305
3306@cindex addresses, format of
3307@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3308In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3309@display
3310(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3311@end display
3312@noindent
a4fb0134 3313Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3314nature.
3315@ifset SOM
3316(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3317symbol-relative instead.)
3318@end ifset
3319
3320In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3321@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3322
3323Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3324@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3325addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3326@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3327@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3328data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3329their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3330part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3331address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3332
3333The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3334address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3335rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3336Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3337address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3338common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3339time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3340
3341By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3342the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3343sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3344customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3345the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3346data and bss sections.
3347
3348Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3349use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3350
3351@node Ld Sections
3352@section Linker Sections
3353@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3354
3355@table @strong
3356
c1253627 3357@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3358@cindex named sections
3359@cindex sections, named
3360@item named sections
3361@end ifset
a8eb42a8 3362@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3363@cindex text section
3364@cindex data section
3365@itemx text section
3366@itemx data section
3367@end ifset
a4fb0134 3368These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3369separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627 3370true of another.
a8eb42a8 3371@c @ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3372When the program is running, however, it is
3373customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3374text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3375instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3376program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3377in the data section.
c1253627 3378@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3379
3380@cindex bss section
3381@item bss section
3382This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3383is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3384each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3385out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3386bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3387those explicit zeros from object files.
3388
3389@cindex absolute section
3390@item absolute section
3391Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3392This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3393not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3394addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3395
3396@cindex undefined section
3397@item undefined section
3398This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3399the preceding sections.
3400@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3401@end table
3402
3403@cindex relocation example
3404An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3405@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3406The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3407@end ifset
3408Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3409
3410@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3411@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3412@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3413@smallexample
3414 +-----+----+--+
3415partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3416 +-----+----+--+
3417
3418 text data bss
3419 seg. seg. seg.
3420
3421 +---+---+---+
3422partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3423 +---+---+---+
3424
3425 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3426linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3427 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3428
3429 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3430@end smallexample
3431@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3432@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3433@need 5000
3434@tex
c1253627 3435\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3436\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3437\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3438\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3439
3440\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3441\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3442\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3443
3444\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3445\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3446\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3447ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3448DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3449
3450\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3451\line{0\dots\hfil}
3452
3453@end tex
3454@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3455
3456@node As Sections
3457@section Assembler Internal Sections
3458
3459@cindex internal assembler sections
3460@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3461These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3462have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3463sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3464warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3465meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3466value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3467section-relative address.
3468
3469@table @b
3470@cindex assembler internal logic error
3471@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3472An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3473bug in the assembler.
3474
3475@cindex expr (internal section)
3476@item expr section
3477The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3478symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3479it in the expr section.
3480@c FIXME item debug
3481@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3482@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3483@c FIXME item register
3484@end table
3485
3486@node Sub-Sections
3487@section Sub-Sections
3488
3489@cindex numbered subsections
3490@cindex grouping data
a8eb42a8 3491@ifset aout
252b5132 3492Assembled bytes
c1253627 3493@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3494conventionally
3495@end ifset
3496fall into two sections: text and data.
3497@end ifset
3498You may have separate groups of
3499@ifset GENERIC
3500data in named sections
3501@end ifset
3502@ifclear GENERIC
a8eb42a8 3503@ifclear aout
252b5132
RH
3504data in named sections
3505@end ifclear
a8eb42a8 3506@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3507text or data
3508@end ifset
3509@end ifclear
3510that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3511are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3512use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3513numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3514same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3515subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3516section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3517assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3518section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3519constants being output.
3520
3521Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3522goes in subsection number zero.
3523
3524@ifset GENERIC
3525Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3526(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3527of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3528@end ifset
3529@ifclear GENERIC
3530@ifset H8
7be1c489 3531On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3532boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3533The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132 3534@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3535@end ifclear
3536
3537Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3538to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3539The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3540other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3541They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3542data subsections as a data section.
3543
3544To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3545into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3546@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3547@ifset COFF
252b5132 3548@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3549When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3550@end ifset
3551@ifclear GENERIC
3552You
3553@end ifclear
3554can also use an extra subsection
3555argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3556@var{expression}}.
3557@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3558@ifset ELF
3559@ifset GENERIC
3560When generating ELF output, you
3561@end ifset
3562@ifclear GENERIC
3563You
3564@end ifclear
3565can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3566to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3567@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3568@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3569(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3570is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3571begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3572@smallexample
3573.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3574.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3575.text 1
3576.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3577.data 0
3578.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3579.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3580.text 0
3581.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3582.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3583@end smallexample
3584
3585Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3586assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3587restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3588counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3589@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3590current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3591assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3592
3593@node bss
3594@section bss Section
3595
3596@cindex bss section
3597@cindex common variable storage
3598The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3599You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3600not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3601your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3602section are zeroed bytes.
3603
3604The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3605@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3606
3607The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3608another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3609
3610@ifset GENERIC
3611When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3612COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3613see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3614section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3615@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3616@end ifset
3617
3618@node Symbols
3619@chapter Symbols
3620
3621@cindex symbols
3622Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3623things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3624to debug.
3625
3626@quotation
3627@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3628@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3629the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3630@end quotation
3631
3632@menu
3633* Labels:: Labels
3634* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3635* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3636* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3637* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3638@end menu
3639
3640@node Labels
3641@section Labels
3642
3643@cindex labels
3644A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3645@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3646active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3647operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3648different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3649definitions.
3650
3651@ifset HPPA
3652On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3653colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3654a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3655provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3656@end ifset
3657
3658@node Setting Symbols
3659@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3660
3661@cindex assigning values to symbols
3662@cindex symbol values, assigning
3663A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3664by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3665(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3666directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3667equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3668@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3669
f8739b83
JZ
3670@ifset Blackfin
3671Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3672@end ifset
3673
252b5132
RH
3674@node Symbol Names
3675@section Symbol Names
3676
3677@cindex symbol names
3678@cindex names, symbol
3679@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3680Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3681machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3682noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3683string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3684particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3685@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3686@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3687@ifset H8
3688Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3689Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3690character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3691on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3692@end ifset
3693@end ifset
3694
3695Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3696than @code{Foo}.
3697
ed1fcdd1
NC
3698Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3699Local Labels. See below.
3700
7bfd842d
NC
3701Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3702multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3703@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3704currently supported.
3705
252b5132
RH
3706Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3707refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3708in a program.
3709
3710@subheading Local Symbol Names
3711
3712@cindex local symbol names
3713@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3714A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3715By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3716@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3717set of local label prefixes.
3718@ifset HPPA
3719On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3720@end ifset
3721
3722Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3723normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3724You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3725to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3726
3727@subheading Local Labels
3728
3729@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3730@cindex temporary symbol names
3731@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3732Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3733programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3734be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3735referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3736the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3737To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3738@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3739to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3740stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3741
3742There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3743too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3744the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3745defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3746definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3747noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3748implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3749
3750Here is an example:
3751
3752@smallexample
37531: branch 1f
37542: branch 1b
37551: branch 2f
37562: branch 1b
3757@end smallexample
3758
3759Which is the equivalent of:
3760
3761@smallexample
3762label_1: branch label_3
3763label_2: branch label_1
3764label_3: branch label_4
3765label_4: branch label_3
3766@end smallexample
3767
ba83aca1 3768Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3769transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3770The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3771are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3772these parts:
252b5132
RH
3773
3774@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3775@item @emph{local label prefix}
3776All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3777Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3778that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3779used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3780@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3781object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3782you may use them in debugging.
3783
2d5aaba0
NC
3784@item @var{number}
3785This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3786label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3787
2d5aaba0
NC
3788@item @kbd{C-B}
3789This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3790of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3791
3792@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3793This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3794@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3795number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3796the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3797@end table
3798
ba83aca1
BW
3799So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3800the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3801
3802@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3803@cindex dollar local symbols
3804
ed1fcdd1
NC
3805On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3806local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3807become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3808valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3809by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3810by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3811
3812Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3813except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3814@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3815
3816They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3817names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3818to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3819@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3820
3821@node Dot
3822@section The Special Dot Symbol
3823
3824@cindex dot (symbol)
3825@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3826@cindex current address
3827@cindex location counter
3828The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3829@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3830.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3831Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3832directive.
252b5132 3833@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3834Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3835@samp{.space 4}.
3836@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3837
3838@node Symbol Attributes
3839@section Symbol Attributes
3840
3841@cindex symbol attributes
3842@cindex attributes, symbol
3843Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3844``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3845attributes.
3846@ifset INTERNALS
3847The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3848@end ifset
3849
a4fb0134 3850If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3851all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3852symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3853would want.
3854
3855@menu
3856* Symbol Value:: Value
3857* Symbol Type:: Type
a8eb42a8 3858@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3859* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3860@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3861@ifset COFF
3862* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3863@end ifset
3864@ifset SOM
3865* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3866@end ifset
3867@end menu
3868
3869@node Symbol Value
3870@subsection Value
3871
3872@cindex value of a symbol
3873@cindex symbol value
3874The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3875location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3876number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3877Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3878as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3879symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3880called absolute.
3881
3882The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
38830 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3884@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3885same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3886name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3887common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3888bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3889allocated storage.
3890
3891@node Symbol Type
3892@subsection Type
3893
3894@cindex type of a symbol
3895@cindex symbol type
3896The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3897information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3898(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3899format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3900
a8eb42a8 3901@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3902@node a.out Symbols
3903@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3904
3905@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3906@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3907
252b5132
RH
3908@menu
3909* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3910* Symbol Other:: Other
3911@end menu
3912
3913@node Symbol Desc
3914@subsubsection Descriptor
3915
3916@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3917This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3918descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3919(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3920@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3921
3922@node Symbol Other
3923@subsubsection Other
3924
3925@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3926This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3927@end ifset
3928
3929@ifset COFF
3930@node COFF Symbols
3931@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3932
3933@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3934@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3935
3936The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3937like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3938@code{.endef} directives.
3939
3940@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3941
3942@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3943The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3944respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3945
3946@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3947
3948@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3949The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3950@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3951table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3952@end ifset
3953
3954@ifset SOM
3955@node SOM Symbols
3956@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3957
3958@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3959@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3960
3961The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3962the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3963
01642c12 3964The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3965Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3966@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3967@end ifset
3968
3969@node Expressions
3970@chapter Expressions
3971
3972@cindex expressions
3973@cindex addresses
3974@cindex numeric values
3975An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3976Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3977
3978The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3979a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3980enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3981section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3982the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3983@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3984
3985@menu
3986* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3987* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3988@end menu
3989
3990@node Empty Exprs
3991@section Empty Expressions
3992
3993@cindex empty expressions
3994@cindex expressions, empty
3995An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3996Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3997expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3998is compatible with other assemblers.
3999
4000@node Integer Exprs
4001@section Integer Expressions
4002
4003@cindex integer expressions
4004@cindex expressions, integer
4005An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4006by @emph{operators}.
4007
4008@menu
4009* Arguments:: Arguments
4010* Operators:: Operators
4011* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4012* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4013@end menu
4014
4015@node Arguments
4016@subsection Arguments
4017
4018@cindex expression arguments
4019@cindex arguments in expressions
4020@cindex operands in expressions
4021@cindex arithmetic operands
4022@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4023contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4024this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4025the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4026expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4027instruction operands.
4028
4029Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4030@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4031or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4032integer.
4033
4034Numbers are usually integers.
4035
4036A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4037that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4038these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4039instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4040assemblers.
4041
4042@cindex subexpressions
4043Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4044expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4045operator followed by an argument.
4046
4047@node Operators
4048@subsection Operators
4049
4050@cindex operators, in expressions
4051@cindex arithmetic functions
4052@cindex functions, in expressions
4053@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4054operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4055between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4056whitespace.
4057
4058@node Prefix Ops
4059@subsection Prefix Operator
4060
4061@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4062@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4063one argument, which must be absolute.
4064
4065@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4066@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4067@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4068@tex
4069\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4070@end tex
4071
4072@table @code
4073@item -
4074@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4075@item ~
4076@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4077@end table
4078
4079@tex
4080\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4081@end tex
4082
4083@node Infix Ops
4084@subsection Infix Operators
4085
4086@cindex infix operators
4087@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4088@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4089have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4090to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4091absolute, and the result is absolute.
4092
4093@enumerate
4094@cindex operator precedence
4095@cindex precedence of operators
4096
4097@item
4098Highest Precedence
4099
4100@table @code
4101@item *
4102@dfn{Multiplication}.
4103
4104@item /
4105@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4106
4107@item %
4108@dfn{Remainder}.
4109
d1eac9d9 4110@item <<
252b5132
RH
4111@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4112
d1eac9d9 4113@item >>
252b5132
RH
4114@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4115@end table
4116
4117@item
4118Intermediate precedence
4119
4120@table @code
4121@item |
4122
4123@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4124
4125@item &
4126@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4127
4128@item ^
4129@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4130
4131@item !
4132@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4133@end table
4134
4135@item
b131d4dc 4136Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4137
4138@table @code
4139@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4140@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4141@cindex arguments for addition
4142@item +
4143@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4144the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4145sections.
4146
4147@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4148@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4149@cindex arguments for subtraction
4150@item -
4151@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4152result has the section of the left argument.
4153If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4154You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4155@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4156
4157@cindex comparison expressions
4158@cindex expressions, comparison
4159@item ==
4160@dfn{Is Equal To}
4161@item <>
723a8472 4162@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4163@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4164@item <
4165@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4166@item >
b131d4dc 4167@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4168@item >=
b131d4dc 4169@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4170@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4171@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4172
4173The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4174value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4175perform signed comparisons.
4176@end table
4177
4178@item Lowest Precedence
4179
4180@table @code
4181@item &&
4182@dfn{Logical And}.
4183
4184@item ||
4185@dfn{Logical Or}.
4186
4187These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4188expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4189value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4190or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4191
252b5132
RH
4192@end table
4193@end enumerate
4194
4195In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4196address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4197
4198@node Pseudo Ops
4199@chapter Assembler Directives
4200
4201@cindex directives, machine independent
4202@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4203@cindex machine independent directives
4204All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4205The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4206in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4207
4208This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4209target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4210@ifset GENERIC
4211Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4212@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4213@end ifset
4214@ifclear GENERIC
4215@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4216@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4217@end ifset
4218@end ifclear
4219
4220@menu
4221* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4222@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4223* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4224@end ifset
f0dc282c 4225
252b5132 4226* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4227* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4228* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4229* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4230* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4231* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4232* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4233* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4234* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132 4235* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
340d33e5
NC
4236* Dc:: @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4237* Dcb:: @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4238* Ds:: @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
4239@ifset COFF
4240* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4241@end ifset
a8eb42a8 4242@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4243* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4244@end ifset
4245@ifset COFF
4246* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4247@end ifset
f0dc282c 4248
252b5132
RH
4249* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4250* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4251* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4252* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4253* End:: @code{.end}
4254@ifset COFF
4255* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4256@end ifset
f0dc282c 4257
252b5132
RH
4258* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4259* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4260* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4261* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4262* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4263* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4264* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4265* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4266* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4267* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4268* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4269* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4270* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4271* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4272* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4273@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4274* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4275* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4276@end ifset
f0dc282c 4277
252b5132
RH
4278* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4279* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4280* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4281* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4282* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4283* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4284@ifset ELF
4285* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4286@end ifset
f0dc282c 4287
252b5132
RH
4288* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4289* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4290* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4291* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4292@ifclear no-line-dir
4293* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4294@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4295
252b5132
RH
4296* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4297* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4298* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4299* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4300* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4301@ifset ELF
4302* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4303@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4304
252b5132
RH
4305* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4306@ignore
4307* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4308@end ignore
f0dc282c 4309
252b5132
RH
4310* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4311* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4312* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132 4313* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
8f065d3b 4314* Nops:: @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
252b5132 4315* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4316* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4317* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4318* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4319@ifset ELF
4320* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4321* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4322@end ifset
f0dc282c 4323
252b5132 4324* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4325@ifset ELF
4326* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4327@end ifset
f0dc282c 4328
252b5132
RH
4329* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4330* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4331@ifset ELF
4332* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4333@end ifset
f0dc282c 4334
252b5132 4335* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4336* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4337* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4338* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4339@ifset COFF
4340* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4341@end ifset
4342@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4343* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4344@end ifset
f0dc282c 4345
252b5132
RH
4346* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4347* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4348* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4349@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4350* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4351@end ifset
884f0d36 4352@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4353* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36
BW
4354@end ifclear
4355
252b5132 4356* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4357@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4358* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36 4359@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4360@ifset have-stabs
4361* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4362@end ifset
f0dc282c 4363
38a57ae7 4364* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4365* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4366@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4367* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4368* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4369@end ifset
f0dc282c 4370
252b5132
RH
4371@ifset COFF
4372* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4373@end ifset
f0dc282c 4374
252b5132
RH
4375* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4376* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4377@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4378* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4379@end ifset
4380
c91d2e08 4381* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4382@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4383* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4384@end ifset
f0dc282c 4385
2e13b764 4386@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4387* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4388* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4389* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4390@end ifset
f0dc282c 4391
d190d046 4392* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4393* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4394* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4395* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4396@ifclear no-space-dir
4397* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4398@end ifclear
2b841ec2
AM
4399@ifset ELF
4400* 2byte:: @code{.2byte @var{expressions}}
4401* 4byte:: @code{.4byte @var{expressions}}
4402* 8byte:: @code{.8byte @var{bignums}}
4403@end ifset
252b5132
RH
4404* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4405@end menu
4406
4407@node Abort
4408@section @code{.abort}
4409
4410@cindex @code{abort} directive
4411@cindex stopping the assembly
4412This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4413compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4414assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4415of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4416quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4417
4418@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4419@node ABORT (COFF)
4420@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4421
4422@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4423When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4424synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4425
252b5132
RH
4426@end ifset
4427
4428@node Align
4429@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4430
4431@cindex padding the location counter
4432@cindex @code{align} directive
4433Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4434boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4435required, as described below.
4436
4437The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4438padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4439padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4440marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4441with no-op instructions.
4442
4443The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4444it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4445directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4446specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4447fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4448required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4449with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4450
4451The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
a8eb42a8 4452For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4453s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4454alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4455the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4456is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4457first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4458
9e9a9798 4459For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4460strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4461number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4462advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4463counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4464multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4465
4466This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4467native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4468GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4469described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4470architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4471
ccf8a69b
BW
4472@node Altmacro
4473@section @code{.altmacro}
4474Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4475
4476@ftable @code
4477@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4478One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4479generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4480replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4481replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4482separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4483define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4484
4485@item String delimiters
4486You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4487@code{"@var{string}"}:
4488
4489@table @code
4490@item '@var{string}'
4491You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4492
4493@item <@var{string}>
4494You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4495@end table
4496
4497@item single-character string escape
4498To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4499character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4500character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4501write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4502
4503@item Expression results as strings
4504You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4505and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4506@end ftable
4507
252b5132
RH
4508@node Ascii
4509@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4510
4511@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4512@cindex string literals
4513@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4514separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4515trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4516
4517@node Asciz
4518@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4519
4520@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4521@cindex zero-terminated strings
4522@cindex null-terminated strings
4523@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4524a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4525
4526@node Balign
4527@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4528
4529@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4530@cindex @code{balign} directive
4531Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4532storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4533alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4534the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4535is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4536
4537The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4538padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4539padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4540marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4541with no-op instructions.
4542
4543The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4544it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4545directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4546specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4547fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4548required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4549with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4550
4551@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4552@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4553The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4554@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4555pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4556fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
45574,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4558filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4559the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4560undefined.
4561
fa94de6b 4562@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4563@section Bundle directives
4564@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4565@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4566@cindex bundle
4567@cindex instruction bundle
4568@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4569@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4570bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4571into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4572disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4573gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4574@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4575
4576For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4577certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4578instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4579@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4580chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4581effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4582instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4583that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4584end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4585starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4586instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4587
d3b47e2b 4588@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4589@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4590@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4591The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4592allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4593are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4594aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4595@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4596directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4597
4598@cindex bundle-locked
4599For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4600appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4601instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4602and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4603instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4604sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4605@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4606entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4607boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4608first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4609aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4610bundle size.
4611
d416e51d
RM
4612For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4613inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4614nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4615@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4616matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4617same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4618
252b5132
RH
4619@node Byte
4620@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4621
4622@cindex @code{byte} directive
4623@cindex integers, one byte
4624@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4625Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4626
54cfded0 4627@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4628@section CFI directives
4629@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4630@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4631@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4632should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4633If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4634if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4635To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4636directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4637
2f0c68f2
CM
4638On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4639by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4640
bd5608dc
NC
4641Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4642which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4643
4644The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4645arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4646generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4647redefine it will result in an error.
4648
d3b47e2b 4649@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4650@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4651@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4652should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4653data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4654@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4655
01642c12 4656Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4657it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4658
d3b47e2b 4659@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4660@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4661@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4662unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4663@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4664
d3b47e2b 4665@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4666@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4667@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4668@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4669should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4670argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4671a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4672the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4673can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4674The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4675no personality routine.
4676
2f0c68f2
CM
4677@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4678@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4679@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4680defined in a compact unwinding format.
4681Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4682with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4683
4684@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4685@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4686@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4687used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4688@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4689in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4690Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4691with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4692
d3b47e2b 4693@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4694@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4695@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4696should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4697argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4698or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4699meaning that no LSDA is present.
4700
4701@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4702@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4703switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4704Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4705Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4706with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4707
4708The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4709so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4710referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4711in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4712by a section directive.
4713
4714The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4715The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4716@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4717
d3b47e2b 4718@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4719@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4720address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4721
d3b47e2b 4722@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4723@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4724now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4725remains the same.
4726
d3b47e2b 4727@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4728@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4729remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4730absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4731CFA address.
4732
d3b47e2b 4733@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4734Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
33eaf5de 4735value that is added/subtracted from the previous offset.
54cfded0 4736
d3b47e2b 4737@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4738Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4739CFA.
54cfded0 4740
084303b8
AK
4741@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4742Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4743
d3b47e2b 4744@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4745Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4746the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4747using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4748This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4749code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4750
d3b47e2b 4751@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4752Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4753
d3b47e2b 4754@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4755@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4756same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4757instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4758
d3b47e2b 4759@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4760From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4761
d3b47e2b 4762@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4763Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4764i.e. no restoration needed.
4765
48eac74c
MG
4766@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4767@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4768implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4769places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4770multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4771flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4772the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4773
4774@smallexample
4775 je label
4776 popq %rbx
4777 .cfi_restore %rbx
4778 popq %r12
4779 .cfi_restore %r12
4780 popq %rbp
4781 .cfi_restore %rbp
4782 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4783 ret
4784label:
4785 /* Do something else */
4786@end smallexample
4787
4788Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4789to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4790@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4791locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4792@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4793we can write:
4794
4795@smallexample
4796 je label
4797 popq %rbx
4798 .cfi_remember_state
4799 .cfi_restore %rbx
4800 popq %r12
4801 .cfi_restore %r12
4802 popq %rbp
4803 .cfi_restore %rbp
4804 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4805 ret
4806label:
4807 .cfi_restore_state
4808 /* Do something else */
4809@end smallexample
4810
4811That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4812as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4813@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4814
d3b47e2b 4815@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4816Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4817directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4818
d3b47e2b 4819@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4820Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4821
d3b47e2b 4822@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4823SPARC register window has been saved.
4824
d3b47e2b 4825@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4826Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4827might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4828opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4829
d3b47e2b 4830@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4831The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4832will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4833description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4834
4835The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4836limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4837mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4838by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4839or another register.
4840
ccf8a69b
BW
4841@node Comm
4842@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4843
ccf8a69b
BW
4844@cindex @code{comm} directive
4845@cindex symbol, common
4846@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4847common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4848of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4849definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4850allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4851absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4852the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4853using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4854
c1711530
DK
4855@ifset COFF-ELF
4856When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4857an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4858specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4859that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4860as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4861boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4862power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4863common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4864alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4865largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4866maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4867is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4868@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4869multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4870It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4871(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4872@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4873
ccf8a69b
BW
4874@ifset HPPA
4875The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4876@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4877@end ifset
07a53e5c 4878
252b5132
RH
4879@node Data
4880@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
252b5132 4881@cindex @code{data} directive
340d33e5 4882
a4fb0134 4883@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4884end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4885absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4886to zero.
4887
340d33e5
NC
4888@node Dc
4889@section @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4890@cindex @code{dc} directive
4891
46c685ac 4892The @code{.dc} directive expects zero or more @var{expressions} separated by
340d33e5
NC
4893commas. These expressions are evaluated and their values inserted into the
4894current section. The size of the emitted value depends upon the suffix to the
4895@code{.dc} directive:
4896
4897@table @code
4898@item @samp{.a}
4899Emits N-bit values, where N is the size of an address on the target system.
4900@item @samp{.b}
4901Emits 8-bit values.
4902@item @samp{.d}
4903Emits double precision floating-point values.
4904@item @samp{.l}
4905Emits 32-bit values.
4906@item @samp{.s}
4907Emits single precision floating-point values.
4908@item @samp{.w}
4909Emits 16-bit values.
4910Note - this is true even on targets where the @code{.word} directive would emit
491132-bit values.
4912@item @samp{.x}
4913Emits long double precision floating-point values.
4914@end table
4915
4916If no suffix is used then @samp{.w} is assumed.
4917
d7c79856
MR
4918The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
4919point values.
340d33e5
NC
4920
4921@node Dcb
4922@section @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4923@cindex @code{dcb} directive
4924This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
4925bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
4926comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
4927@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
4928
4929@table @code
4930@item @samp{.b}
4931Emits single byte values.
4932@item @samp{.d}
4933Emits double-precision floating point values.
4934@item @samp{.l}
4935Emits 4-byte values.
4936@item @samp{.s}
4937Emits single-precision floating point values.
4938@item @samp{.w}
4939Emits 2-byte values.
4940@item @samp{.x}
4941Emits long double-precision floating point values.
4942@end table
4943
4944If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
4945
4946The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
4947point values.
4948
4949@node Ds
4950@section @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4951@cindex @code{ds} directive
4952This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
4953bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
4954comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
4955@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
4956
4957@table @code
4958@item @samp{.b}
4959Emits single byte values.
4960@item @samp{.d}
4961Emits 8-byte values.
4962@item @samp{.l}
4963Emits 4-byte values.
4964@item @samp{.p}
4965Emits 12-byte values.
4966@item @samp{.s}
4967Emits 4-byte values.
4968@item @samp{.w}
4969Emits 2-byte values.
4970@item @samp{.x}
4971Emits 12-byte values.
4972@end table
4973
4974Note - unlike the @code{.dcb} directive the @samp{.d}, @samp{.s} and @samp{.x}
d7c79856 4975suffixes do not indicate that floating-point values are to be inserted.
340d33e5
NC
4976
4977If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
4978
d7c79856 4979The byte ordering is target dependent.
340d33e5
NC
4980
4981
252b5132
RH
4982@ifset COFF
4983@node Def
4984@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4985
4986@cindex @code{def} directive
4987@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4988@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4989Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4990definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
252b5132
RH
4991@end ifset
4992
a8eb42a8 4993@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4994@node Desc
4995@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4996
4997@cindex @code{desc} directive
4998@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4999@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5000This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5001to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5002
5003@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5004The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5005configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5006object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5007it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5008@end ifset
5009@end ifset
5010
5011@ifset COFF
5012@node Dim
5013@section @code{.dim}
5014
5015@cindex @code{dim} directive
5016@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5017@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5018This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5019information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5020@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
252b5132
RH
5021@end ifset
5022
5023@node Double
5024@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5025
5026@cindex @code{double} directive
5027@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5028@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5029assembles floating point numbers.
5030@ifset GENERIC
5031The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5032@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5033@end ifset
5034@ifclear GENERIC
5035@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5036On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5037in @sc{ieee} format.
5038@end ifset
5039@end ifclear
5040
5041@node Eject
5042@section @code{.eject}
5043
5044@cindex @code{eject} directive
5045@cindex new page, in listings
5046@cindex page, in listings
5047@cindex listing control: new page
5048Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5049
5050@node Else
5051@section @code{.else}
5052
5053@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5054@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5055assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5056of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5057was false.
5058
3fd9f047
TW
5059@node Elseif
5060@section @code{.elseif}
5061
5062@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5063@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5064assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5065@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5066
252b5132
RH
5067@node End
5068@section @code{.end}
5069
5070@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5071@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5072process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5073
5074@ifset COFF
5075@node Endef
5076@section @code{.endef}
5077
5078@cindex @code{endef} directive
5079This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5080@code{.def}.
252b5132
RH
5081@end ifset
5082
5083@node Endfunc
5084@section @code{.endfunc}
5085@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5086@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5087
5088@node Endif
5089@section @code{.endif}
5090
5091@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5092@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5093it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5094conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5095
5096@node Equ
5097@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5098
5099@cindex @code{equ} directive
5100@cindex assigning values to symbols
5101@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5102This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5103It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5104
5105@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5106The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5107@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5108@end ifset
5109
3c9b82ba 5110@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5111The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5112@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
33eaf5de 5113On the Z80 it is an error if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5114but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5115Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5116@end ifset
5117
252b5132
RH
5118@node Equiv
5119@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5120@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5121The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5122the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5123symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5124undefined.
252b5132 5125
01642c12 5126Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5127@smallexample
5128.ifdef SYM
5129.err
5130.endif
5131.equ SYM,VAL
5132@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5133plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5134
5135@node Eqv
5136@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5137@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5138The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5139evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5140the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5141value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5142
5143@node Err
5144@section @code{.err}
5145@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5146If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5147message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5148object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5149
d190d046
HPN
5150@node Error
5151@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5152@cindex error directive
5153
5154Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5155string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5156message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5157@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5158
5159@smallexample
5160 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5161@end smallexample
5162
252b5132
RH
5163@node Exitm
5164@section @code{.exitm}
5165Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5166
5167@node Extern
5168@section @code{.extern}
5169
5170@cindex @code{extern} directive
5171@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5172with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5173all undefined symbols as external.
5174
5175@node Fail
5176@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5177
5178@cindex @code{fail} directive
5179Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5180or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5181than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5182include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5183complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5184
252b5132 5185@node File
14082c76 5186@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5187@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5188
5189@ifclear no-file-dir
5190There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5191that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5192@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5193
5194@subheading Default Version
5195
252b5132
RH
5196@cindex logical file name
5197@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5198This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5199are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5200
5201@smallexample
5202.file @var{string}
5203@end smallexample
5204
5205@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5206recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5207to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5208statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5209old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5210
5211@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5212@end ifclear
5213
14082c76
BW
5214When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5215to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5216
5217@smallexample
5218.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5219@end smallexample
5220
5221The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5222index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5223literal.
5224
5225The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5226table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5227information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5228entries will have.
5229
252b5132
RH
5230@node Fill
5231@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5232
5233@cindex @code{fill} directive
5234@cindex writing patterns in memory
5235@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5236@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5237This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5238may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5239more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5240other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5241is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5242zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5243byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5244Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5245@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5246compatible with other people's assemblers.
5247
5248@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5249If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5250assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5251@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5252
5253@node Float
5254@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5255
5256@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5257@cindex @code{float} directive
5258This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5259has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5260@ifset GENERIC
5261The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5262@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5263@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5264@end ifset
5265@ifclear GENERIC
5266@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5267On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5268in @sc{ieee} format.
5269@end ifset
5270@end ifclear
5271
5272@node Func
5273@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5274@cindex @code{func} directive
5275@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5276is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5277Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5278@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5279prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5280@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5281All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5282The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5283
5284@node Global
5285@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5286
5287@cindex @code{global} directive
5288@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5289@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5290@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5291other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5292@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5293from another file linked into the same program.
5294
5295Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5296compatibility with other assemblers.
5297
5298@ifset HPPA
5299On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5300partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5301@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5302@end ifset
5303
c91d2e08 5304@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5305@node Gnu_attribute
5306@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5307Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5308
c91d2e08
NC
5309@node Hidden
5310@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5311
c1253627
NC
5312@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5313@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5314This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5315@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5316@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5317
5318This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5319their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5320@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5321Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5322@end ifset
5323
252b5132
RH
5324@node hword
5325@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5326
5327@cindex @code{hword} directive
5328@cindex integers, 16-bit
5329@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5330@cindex sixteen bit integers
5331This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5332a 16 bit number for each.
5333
5334@ifset GENERIC
5335This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5336architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5337@end ifset
5338@ifclear GENERIC
5339@ifset W32
5340This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5341@end ifset
5342@ifset W16
5343This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5344@end ifset
5345@end ifclear
5346
5347@node Ident
5348@section @code{.ident}
5349
5350@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5351
5352This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5353behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5354a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5355source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5356for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5357@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5358emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5359
5360@node If
5361@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5362
5363@cindex conditional assembly
5364@cindex @code{if} directive
5365@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5366considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5367(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5368the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5369(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5370alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5371If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5372nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5373
5374The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5375@table @code
5376@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5377@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5378Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5379has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5380is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5381
26aca5f6
JB
5382@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5383@item .ifb @var{text}
5384Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5385
252b5132
RH
5386@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5387@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5388Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5389strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5390the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5391end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5392string comparison is case sensitive.
5393
5394@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5395@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5396Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5397
5398@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5399@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5400Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5401
5402@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5403@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5404Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5405equal to zero.
5406
5407@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5408@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5409Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5410
5411@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5412@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5413Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5414to zero.
5415
5416@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5417@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5418Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5419
26aca5f6
JB
5420@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5421@item .ifnb @var{text}
5422Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5423following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5424
252b5132
RH
5425@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5426@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5427Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5428following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5429
5430@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5431@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5432@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5433@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5434Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5435has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5436which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5437
5438@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5439@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5440Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5441(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5442
5443@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5444@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5445Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5446following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5447@end table
5448
7e005732
NC
5449@node Incbin
5450@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5451
5452@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5453@cindex binary files, including
5454The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5455location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5456option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5457around @var{file}.
5458
5459The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5460@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5461read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5462responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5463after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5464
252b5132
RH
5465@node Include
5466@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5467
5468@cindex @code{include} directive
5469@cindex supporting files, including
5470@cindex files, including
5471This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5472points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5473if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5474included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5475can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5476(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5477around @var{file}.
5478
5479@node Int
5480@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5481
5482@cindex @code{int} directive
5483@cindex integers, 32-bit
5484Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5485For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5486expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5487of target the assembly is for.
5488
5489@ifclear GENERIC
5490@ifset H8
7be1c489 5491On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5492integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
549332-bit integers.
5494@end ifset
5495@end ifclear
5496
c91d2e08
NC
5497@ifset ELF
5498@node Internal
5499@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5500
c1253627
NC
5501@cindex @code{internal} directive
5502@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5503This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5504@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5505@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5506
5507This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5508their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5509@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5510(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5511processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5512@end ifset
5513
252b5132
RH
5514@node Irp
5515@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5516
5517@cindex @code{irp} directive
5518Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5519The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5520terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5521set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5522@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5523@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5524sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5525
5526For example, assembling
5527
5528@example
5529 .irp param,1,2,3
5530 move d\param,sp@@-
5531 .endr
5532@end example
5533
5534is equivalent to assembling
5535
5536@example
5537 move d1,sp@@-
5538 move d2,sp@@-
5539 move d3,sp@@-
5540@end example
5541
96e9638b 5542For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5543
252b5132
RH
5544@node Irpc
5545@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5546
5547@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5548Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5549The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5550terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5551@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5552assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5553assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5554@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5555
5556For example, assembling
5557
5558@example
5559 .irpc param,123
5560 move d\param,sp@@-
5561 .endr
5562@end example
5563
5564is equivalent to assembling
5565
5566@example
5567 move d1,sp@@-
5568 move d2,sp@@-
5569 move d3,sp@@-
5570@end example
5571
5e75c3ab
JB
5572For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5573at @xref{Macro}.
5574
252b5132
RH
5575@node Lcomm
5576@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5577
5578@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5579@cindex local common symbols
5580@cindex symbols, local common
5581Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5582denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5583those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5584section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5585is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5586not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5587
5588@ifset GENERIC
5589Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5590argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5591@end ifset
5592
5593@ifset HPPA
5594The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5595@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5596@end ifset
5597
5598@node Lflags
5599@section @code{.lflags}
5600
5601@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5602@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5603assemblers, but ignores it.
5604
5605@ifclear no-line-dir
5606@node Line
5607@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5608
5609@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132 5610@cindex logical line number
a8eb42a8 5611@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5612Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5613expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5614statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5615reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5616@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5617for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5618@end ifset
5619
252b5132 5620Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5621@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5622when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5623were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5624@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5625
5626Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5627used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5628debugging.
5629@end ifclear
5630
5631@node Linkonce
5632@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5633@cindex COMDAT
5634@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5635@cindex common sections
5636Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5637This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5638but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5639The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5640Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5641unique.
5642
5643This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5644writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5645Executable format used on Windows NT.
5646
5647The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5648following strings. For example:
5649@smallexample
5650.linkonce same_size
5651@end smallexample
5652Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5653
5654@table @code
5655@item discard
5656Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5657
5658@item one_only
5659Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5660
5661@item same_size
5662Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5663
5664@item same_contents
5665Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5666@end table
5667
ccf8a69b
BW
5668@node List
5669@section @code{.list}
5670
5671@cindex @code{list} directive
5672@cindex listing control, turning on
5673Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5674not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5675internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5676counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5677generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5678
5679By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5680@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5681the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5682
252b5132
RH
5683@node Ln
5684@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5685
5686@cindex @code{ln} directive
5687@ifclear no-line-dir
5688@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5689@end ifclear
5690@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5691Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5692must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5693line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5694statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5695line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
252b5132
RH
5696@end ifset
5697
ccf8a69b
BW
5698@node Loc
5699@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5700@cindex @code{loc} directive
5701When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5702the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5703number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5704instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5705arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5706the row is added.
252b5132 5707
ccf8a69b
BW
5708The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5709
5710@table @code
5711@item basic_block
5712This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5713@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5714
5715@item prologue_end
5716This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5717@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5718
5719@item epilogue_begin
5720This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5721@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5722
5723@item is_stmt @var{value}
5724This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5725@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5726either 0 or 1.
5727
5728@item isa @var{value}
5729This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5730state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5731
92846e72
CC
5732@item discriminator @var{value}
5733This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5734state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5735
ba8826a8
AO
5736@item view @var{value}
5737This option causes a row to be added to @code{.debug_line} in reference to the
5738current address (which might not be the same as that of the following assembly
5739instruction), and to associate @var{value} with the @code{view} register in the
5740@code{.debug_line} state machine. If @var{value} is a label, both the
5741@code{view} register and the label are set to the number of prior @code{.loc}
5742directives at the same program location. If @var{value} is the literal
5743@code{0}, the @code{view} register is set to zero, and the assembler asserts
5744that there aren't any prior @code{.loc} directives at the same program
5745location. If @var{value} is the literal @code{-0}, the assembler arrange for
5746the @code{view} register to be reset in this row, even if there are prior
5747@code{.loc} directives at the same program location.
5748
ccf8a69b
BW
5749@end table
5750
5751@node Loc_mark_labels
5752@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5753@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5754When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5755the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5756to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5757register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5758The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5759this function respectively.
252b5132 5760
4d4175af
BW
5761@ifset ELF
5762@node Local
5763@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5764
5765@cindex @code{local} directive
5766This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5767the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5768will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5769they will be created.
5770
5771For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5772accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5773the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5774(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5775@end ifset
5776
252b5132
RH
5777@node Long
5778@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5779
5780@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5781@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5782
5783@ignore
5784@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5785@c what it really ought to do
5786@node Lsym
5787@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5788
5789@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5790@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5791@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5792the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5793rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5794the same as the expression value:
5795@smallexample
5796@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5797@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5798@var{value} = @var{expression}
5799@end smallexample
5800@noindent
5801The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5802@end ignore
5803
5804@node Macro
5805@section @code{.macro}
5806
5807@cindex macros
5808The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5809generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5810@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5811
5812@example
5813 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5814 .long \from
5815 .if \to-\from
5816 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5817 .endif
5818 .endm
5819@end example
5820
5821@noindent
5822With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5823
5824@example
5825 .long 0
5826 .long 1
5827 .long 2
5828 .long 3
5829 .long 4
5830 .long 5
5831@end example
5832
5833@ftable @code
5834@item .macro @var{macname}
5835@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5836@cindex @code{macro} directive
5837Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5838definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5839separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5840indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5841@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5842(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5843macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5844cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5845subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5846definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5847
5848@table @code
5849@item .macro comm
5850Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5851arguments.
5852
6258339f 5853@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5854@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5855Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5856which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5857@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5858
5859@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5860Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5861arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5862After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5863@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5864@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5865,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5866@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5867
6eaeac8a
JB
5868@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5869Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5870arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5871not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5872will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5873
252b5132
RH
5874When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5875position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5876@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5877
6258339f
NC
5878@end table
5879
5e75c3ab
JB
5880Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5881as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5882occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5883characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5884(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5885architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5886character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5887replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5888construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5889identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5890this macro definition:
5891
5892@example
5893 .macro label l
5894\l:
5895 .endm
5896@end example
5897
5898might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5899called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5900assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5901identifier.
5902
5903Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5904which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5905for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5906length specifier like this:
5907
5908@example
5909 .macro opcode base length
5910 \base.\length
5911 .endm
5912@end example
5913
5914and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5915instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5916interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5917
5918There are several possible ways around this problem:
5919
5920@table @code
5921@item Insert white space
5922If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5923solution. eg:
5924
5925@example
5926 .macro label l
5927\l :
5928 .endm
5929@end example
5930
5931@item Use @samp{\()}
5932The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5933the following text. eg:
5934
5935@example
5936 .macro opcode base length
5937 \base\().\length
5938 .endm
5939@end example
5940
5941@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5942In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5943used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5944
5945@example
5946 .altmacro
5947 .macro label l
5948l&:
5949 .endm
5950@end example
6258339f 5951@end table
5e75c3ab 5952
96e9638b 5953Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5954also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5955and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5956
252b5132
RH
5957@item .endm
5958@cindex @code{endm} directive
5959Mark the end of a macro definition.
5960
5961@item .exitm
5962@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5963Exit early from the current macro definition.
5964
5965@cindex number of macros executed
5966@cindex macros, count executed
5967@item \@@
a4fb0134 5968@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5969executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5970output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5971
252b5132
RH
5972@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5973@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5974macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5975@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5976@end ftable
252b5132 5977
ccf8a69b
BW
5978@node MRI
5979@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5980
ccf8a69b
BW
5981@cindex @code{mri} directive
5982@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5983If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5984@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5985affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5986of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5987
caa32fe5
NC
5988@node Noaltmacro
5989@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5990Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5991
252b5132
RH
5992@node Nolist
5993@section @code{.nolist}
5994
5995@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5996@cindex listing control, turning off
5997Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5998not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5999internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6000counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6001generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6002
8f065d3b
L
6003@node Nops
6004@section @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
62a02d25 6005
8f065d3b 6006@cindex @code{nops} directive
62a02d25
L
6007@cindex filling memory with no-op instructions
6008This directive emits @var{size} bytes filled with no-op instructions.
6009@var{size} is absolute expression, which must be a positve value.
6010@var{control} controls how no-op instructions should be generated. If
6011the comma and @var{control} are omitted, @var{control} is assumed to be
6012zero.
6013
6014Note: For Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 targets, @var{control} specifies
6015the size limit of a no-op instruction. The valid values of @var{control}
3ae729d5
L
6016are between 0 and 4 in 16-bit mode, between 0 and 7 when tuning for
6017older processors in 32-bit mode, between 0 and 11 in 64-bit mode or when
6018tuning for newer processors in 32-bit mode. When 0 is used, the no-op
6019instruction size limit is set to the maximum supported size.
62a02d25 6020
252b5132
RH
6021@node Octa
6022@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6023
a8eb42a8 6024@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on some? Or warn?
252b5132
RH
6025@cindex @code{octa} directive
6026@cindex integer, 16-byte
6027@cindex sixteen byte integer
6028This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6029bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6030
6031The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6032hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6033
9aec2026
NC
6034@node Offset
6035@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6036
6037@cindex @code{offset} directive
6038Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6039be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6040symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6041directive.
9aec2026 6042
252b5132
RH
6043@node Org
6044@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6045
6046@cindex @code{org} directive
6047@cindex location counter, advancing
6048@cindex advancing location counter
6049@cindex current address, advancing
6050Advance the location counter of the current section to
6051@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6052expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6053you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6054wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6055with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6056@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6057is the same as the current subsection.
6058
6059@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6060unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6061backwards.
6062
6063@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6064@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6065@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6066Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6067may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6068a chance to share your improved assembler.
6069
6070Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6071to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6072people's assemblers.
6073
6074When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6075intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6076absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6077@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6078
6079@node P2align
6080@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
6081
6082@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6083@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6084Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6085storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6086number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6087advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
6088counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
6089multiple of 8, no change is needed.
6090
6091The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6092padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 6093padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
6094marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6095with no-op instructions.
6096
6097The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6098it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6099directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6100specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6101fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6102required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6103with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6104
6105@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6106@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6107The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6108@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6109pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6110fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
61112,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6112filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6113the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6114undefined.
6115
ccf8a69b
BW
6116@ifset ELF
6117@node PopSection
6118@section @code{.popsection}
6119
6120@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6121@cindex Section Stack
6122This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6123@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6124@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6125(@pxref{Previous}).
6126
6127This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6128section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6129stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6130@end ifset
6131
c91d2e08
NC
6132@ifset ELF
6133@node Previous
6134@section @code{.previous}
6135
c1253627 6136@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6137@cindex Section Stack
6138This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6139@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6140@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6141(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6142
6143This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6144referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6145@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6146subsections). For example:
6147
6148@smallexample
6149.section A
6150 .subsection 1
6151 .word 0x1234
6152 .subsection 2
6153 .word 0x5678
6154.previous
6155 .word 0x9abc
6156@end smallexample
6157
6158Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6159section A. Whilst:
6160
6161@smallexample
6162.section A
6163.subsection 1
6164 # Now in section A subsection 1
6165 .word 0x1234
6166.section B
6167.subsection 0
6168 # Now in section B subsection 0
6169 .word 0x5678
6170.subsection 1
6171 # Now in section B subsection 1
6172 .word 0x9abc
6173.previous
6174 # Now in section B subsection 0
6175 .word 0xdef0
6176@end smallexample
6177
6178Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6179section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6180
6181In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6182the top section on the section stack.
6183@end ifset
6184
252b5132
RH
6185@node Print
6186@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6187
6188@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6189@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6190assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6191
c91d2e08
NC
6192@ifset ELF
6193@node Protected
6194@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6195
c1253627
NC
6196@cindex @code{protected} directive
6197@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6198This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6199@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6200
6201This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6202their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6203@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6204components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6205component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6206this.
c91d2e08
NC
6207@end ifset
6208
252b5132
RH
6209@node Psize
6210@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6211
6212@cindex @code{psize} directive
6213@cindex listing control: paper size
6214@cindex paper size, for listings
6215Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6216number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6217
6218If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6219of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6220default width is 200 columns.
6221
a4fb0134 6222@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6223lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6224@code{.eject}).
6225
6226If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6227those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6228
6229@node Purgem
6230@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6231
6232@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6233Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6234expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6235
c91d2e08
NC
6236@ifset ELF
6237@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6238@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6239
c1253627 6240@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6241@cindex Section Stack
6242This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6243@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6244@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6245(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6246
e9863d7f
DJ
6247This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6248top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6249subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6250@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6251as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6252@end ifset
6253
252b5132
RH
6254@node Quad
6255@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6256
6257@cindex @code{quad} directive
6258@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6259each bignum, it emits
6260@ifclear bignum-16
6261an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6262warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6263@cindex eight-byte integer
6264@cindex integer, 8-byte
6265
6266The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6267hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6268@end ifclear
6269@ifset bignum-16
6270a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6271warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6272@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6273@cindex integer, 16-byte
6274@end ifset
6275
05e9452c
AM
6276@node Reloc
6277@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6278
6279@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6280Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6281@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6282the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6283symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6284@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6285absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6286targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6287relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6288section.
6289
252b5132
RH
6290@node Rept
6291@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6292
6293@cindex @code{rept} directive
6294Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6295@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6296
6297For example, assembling
6298
6299@example
6300 .rept 3
6301 .long 0
6302 .endr
6303@end example
6304
6305is equivalent to assembling
6306
6307@example
6308 .long 0
6309 .long 0
6310 .long 0
6311@end example
6312
808811a3
NC
6313A count of zero is allowed, but nothing is generated. Negative counts are not
6314allowed and if encountered will be treated as if they were zero.
6315
252b5132
RH
6316@node Sbttl
6317@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6318
6319@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6320@cindex subtitles for listings
6321@cindex listing control: subtitle
6322Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6323title line) when generating assembly listings.
6324
6325This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6326it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6327
6328@ifset COFF
6329@node Scl
6330@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6331
6332@cindex @code{scl} directive
6333@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6334@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6335Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6336used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6337whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6338symbolic debugging information.
252b5132
RH
6339@end ifset
6340
c1253627 6341@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6342@node Section
c1253627 6343@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6344
252b5132
RH
6345@cindex named section
6346Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6347named @var{name}.
6348
6349This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6350named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6351with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6352
c1253627
NC
6353@ifset COFF
6354@ifset ELF
6355@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6356@subheading COFF Version
6357@end ifset
6358
6359@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6360For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6361ways:
c91d2e08 6362
252b5132
RH
6363@smallexample
6364.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6365.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6366@end smallexample
6367
6368If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6369section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6370
252b5132
RH
6371@table @code
6372@item b
6373bss section (uninitialized data)
6374@item n
6375section is not loaded
6376@item w
6377writable section
6378@item d
6379data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6380@item e
6381exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6382@item r
6383read-only section
6384@item x
6385executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6386@item s
6387shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6388@item a
6389ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6390@item y
6391section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6392@item 0-9
6393single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6394@end table
6395
6396If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6397the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6398loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6399from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6400will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6401
6402If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6403taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6404@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6405
6406@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6407@ifset COFF
6408@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6409@subheading ELF Version
6410@end ifset
6411
c91d2e08
NC
6412@cindex Section Stack
6413This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6414@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6415(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6416@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6417
c1253627 6418@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6419For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6420
252b5132 6421@smallexample
7047dd1e 6422.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6423@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6424
451133ce
NP
6425@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6426@kindex --sectname-subst
6427@cindex section name substitution
6428If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6429argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6430at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6431
6432@smallexample
6433.macro exception_code
6434.section %S.exception
6435[exception code here]
6436.previous
6437.endm
6438
6439.text
6440[code]
6441exception_code
6442[...]
6443
6444.section .init
6445[init code]
6446exception_code
6447[...]
6448@end smallexample
6449
6450The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6451@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
33eaf5de
NC
6452This is useful e.g. to discriminate between ancillary sections that are
6453tied to setup code to be discarded after use from ancillary sections that
451133ce
NP
6454need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6455macros just for that purpose.
6456
252b5132 6457The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6458combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6459
252b5132
RH
6460@table @code
6461@item a
6462section is allocatable
a91e1603
L
6463@item d
6464section is a GNU_MBIND section
18ae9cc1
L
6465@item e
6466section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6467@item w
6468section is writable
6469@item x
6470section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6471@item M
6472section is mergeable
6473@item S
6474section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6475@item G
6476section is a member of a section group
6477@item T
6478section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6479@item ?
6480section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6481@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6482a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6483field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6484also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6485resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6486@item @code{<target specific>}
6487some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6488@end table
6489
9fb71ee4
NC
6490Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6491a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6492flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6493@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6494(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6495section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6496
252b5132 6497The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6498
252b5132
RH
6499@table @code
6500@item @@progbits
6501section contains data
6502@item @@nobits
6503section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6504@item @@note
6505section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6506@item @@init_array
6507section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6508@item @@fini_array
6509section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6510@item @@preinit_array
6511section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6512@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6513a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6514@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6515some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6516@end table
6517
9fb71ee4
NC
6518Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6519enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6520
ececec60
NC
6521Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6522ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6523@code{%} character.
6524
9fb71ee4
NC
6525Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6526special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6527type will generate an error from the assembler.
6528
22fe14ad 6529If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6530be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6531
6532@smallexample
6533.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6534@end smallexample
6535
6536Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6537constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6538@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6539@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6540the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6541absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6542which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6543@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6544@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6545
6546If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6547be present along with an additional field like this:
6548
6549@smallexample
6550.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6551@end smallexample
6552
6553The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6554particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6555
22fe14ad
NC
6556@table @code
6557@item comdat
6558indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6559@item .gnu.linkonce
6560an alias for comdat
6561@end table
6562
96e9638b 6563Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6564the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6565
6566@smallexample
6567.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6568@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6569
01642c12
RM
6570If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6571@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6572present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6573this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6574@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6575If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6576
252b5132
RH
6577If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6578the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6579none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6580executable. The section will contain data.
6581
6582For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6583directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6584
252b5132
RH
6585@smallexample
6586.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6587@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6588
252b5132
RH
6589Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6590separated flags:
eda683bb 6591
252b5132
RH
6592@table @code
6593@item #alloc
6594section is allocatable
6595@item #write
6596section is writable
6597@item #execinstr
6598section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6599@item #exclude
6600section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6601@item #tls
6602section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6603@end table
c91d2e08 6604
e9863d7f
DJ
6605This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6606contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6607some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6608work.
c1253627
NC
6609@end ifset
6610@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6611
6612@node Set
6613@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6614
6615@cindex @code{set} directive
6616@cindex symbol value, setting
6617Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6618changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6619@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6620flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6621
5d239759
NC
6622You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6623values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6624involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6625being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6626addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6627final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6628the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6629different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6630
6631If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6632file is the last value stored into it.
6633
3c9b82ba
NC
6634@ifset Z80
6635On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6636@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6637@end ifset
6638
252b5132
RH
6639@node Short
6640@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6641
6642@cindex @code{short} directive
6643@ifset GENERIC
6644@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6645@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6646
6647In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6648numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6649@end ifset
6650@ifclear GENERIC
6651@ifset W16
6652@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6653@end ifset
6654@ifset W32
6655This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6656a 16 bit number for each.
6657@end ifset
6658@end ifclear
6659
6660@node Single
6661@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6662
6663@cindex @code{single} directive
6664@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6665This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6666has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6667@ifset GENERIC
6668The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6669@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6670@end ifset
6671@ifclear GENERIC
6672@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6673On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6674numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6675@end ifset
6676@end ifclear
6677
c1253627 6678@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6679@node Size
c1253627 6680@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6681
c1253627
NC
6682This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6683
6684@ifset COFF
6685@ifset ELF
6686@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6687@subheading COFF Version
6688@end ifset
6689
6690@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6691For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6692@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6693
6694@smallexample
6695.size @var{expression}
6696@end smallexample
252b5132 6697
c1253627 6698@end ifset
c91d2e08 6699
c1253627
NC
6700@ifset ELF
6701@ifset COFF
6702@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6703@subheading ELF Version
6704@end ifset
6705
6706@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6707For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6708
c1253627
NC
6709@smallexample
6710.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6711@end smallexample
6712
6713This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6714The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6715arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6716symbols.
c1253627
NC
6717@end ifset
6718@end ifset
252b5132 6719
252b5132
RH
6720@ifclear no-space-dir
6721@node Skip
340d33e5 6722@section @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6723
6724@cindex @code{skip} directive
6725@cindex filling memory
6726This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6727@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6728@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6729@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6730@end ifclear
252b5132 6731
ccf8a69b
BW
6732@node Sleb128
6733@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6734
6735@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6736@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6737compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6738symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6739
884f0d36 6740@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 6741@node Space
340d33e5 6742@section @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6743
6744@cindex @code{space} directive
6745@cindex filling memory
6746This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6747@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6748and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6749as @samp{.skip}.
6750
6751@ifset HPPA
6752@quotation
6753@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6754targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6755Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6756@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6757for a summary.
6758@end quotation
6759@end ifset
6760@end ifclear
6761
252b5132
RH
6762@ifset have-stabs
6763@node Stab
6764@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6765
6766@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6767@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6768There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6769All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6770The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6771cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6772Up to five fields are required:
6773
6774@table @var
6775@item string
6776This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6777@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6778debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6779using this field.
6780
6781@item type
6782An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6783this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6784and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6785
6786@item other
6787An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6788low 8 bits of this expression.
6789
6790@item desc
6791An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6792bits of this expression.
6793
6794@item value
6795An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6796@end table
6797
6798If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6799or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6800you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6801compatible with earlier assemblers!
6802
6803@table @code
6804@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6805@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6806
6807The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6808It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6809null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6810strings.
6811
6812The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6813relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6814is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6815assembled.
6816
6817@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6818@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6819The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6820
6821@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6822@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6823All five fields are specified.
6824@end table
6825@end ifset
6826@c end have-stabs
6827
6828@node String
38a57ae7 6829@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6830"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6831
6832@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6833@cindex string8, copying to object file
6834@cindex string16, copying to object file
6835@cindex string32, copying to object file
6836@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6837@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6838@cindex @code{string8} directive
6839@cindex @code{string16} directive
6840@cindex @code{string32} directive
6841@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6842
6843Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6844one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6845particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6846You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6847
01642c12 6848The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6849the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6850copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6851are stored in target endianness byte order.
6852
6853Example:
6854@smallexample
6855 .string32 "BYE"
6856expands to:
6857 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6858 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6859@end smallexample
6860
6861
252b5132
RH
6862@node Struct
6863@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6864
6865@cindex @code{struct} directive
6866Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6867which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6868@smallexample
6869 .struct 0
6870field1:
6871 .struct field1 + 4
6872field2:
6873 .struct field2 + 4
6874field3:
6875@end smallexample
6876This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6877@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6878value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6879use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6880before further assembly.
6881
c91d2e08
NC
6882@ifset ELF
6883@node SubSection
6884@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6885
c1253627 6886@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6887@cindex Section Stack
6888This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6889@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6890@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6891(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6892
6893This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6894section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6895in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6896@end ifset
6897
252b5132
RH
6898@ifset ELF
6899@node Symver
6900@section @code{.symver}
6901@cindex @code{symver} directive
6902@cindex symbol versioning
6903@cindex versions of symbols
6904Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6905within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6906typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6907There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6908into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6909shared library.
6910
79082ff0 6911For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6912@smallexample
6913.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6914@end smallexample
339681c0 6915If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6916being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6917alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6918just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6919permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6920of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6921itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6922have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6923file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6924function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6925the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6926building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6927symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6928nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6929
6930If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6931references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6932reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6933symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6934
6935Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6936@smallexample
6937.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6938@end smallexample
6939In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6940the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6941difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6942references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6943
6944The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6945@smallexample
6946.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6947@end smallexample
6948When @var{name} is not defined within the
6949file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6950@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6951name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6952@end ifset
6953
6954@ifset COFF
6955@node Tag
6956@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6957
6958@cindex COFF structure debugging
6959@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6960@cindex @code{tag} directive
6961This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6962information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6963@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6964definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
252b5132
RH
6965@end ifset
6966
6967@node Text
6968@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6969
6970@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6971Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6972the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6973expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6974is used.
6975
6976@node Title
6977@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6978
6979@cindex @code{title} directive
6980@cindex listing control: title line
6981Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6982source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6983
6984This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6985it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6986
c1253627 6987@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6988@node Type
c1253627
NC
6989@section @code{.type}
6990
6991This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6992
6993@ifset COFF
6994@ifset ELF
6995@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6996@subheading COFF Version
6997@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6998
6999@cindex COFF symbol type
7000@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7001@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7002For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7003@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7004
7005@smallexample
7006.type @var{int}
7007@end smallexample
7008
7009This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7010entry.
252b5132 7011
c1253627 7012@end ifset
c91d2e08 7013
c1253627
NC
7014@ifset ELF
7015@ifset COFF
7016@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7017@subheading ELF Version
7018@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7019
7020@cindex ELF symbol type
7021@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7022@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7023For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7024
7025@smallexample
7026.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7027@end smallexample
7028
7029This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7030function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7031supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7032compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7033
7034Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7035@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7036below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7037the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7038maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7039assemblers.
7040
7041The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7042
7043@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7044 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7045 .type <name>,#<type>
7046 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7047 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7048 .type <name>,"<type>"
7049@end smallexample
7050
7051The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7052
5671778d
NC
7053@table @gcctabopt
7054@item STT_FUNC
7055@itemx function
7056Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7057
d8045f23
NC
7058@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7059@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7060Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7061processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7062
5671778d
NC
7063@item STT_OBJECT
7064@itemx object
7065Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7066
7067@item STT_TLS
7068@itemx tls_object
33eaf5de 7069Mark the symbol as being a thread-local data object.
5671778d
NC
7070
7071@item STT_COMMON
7072@itemx common
7073Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7074
7075@item STT_NOTYPE
7076@itemx notype
7077Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7078
3e7a7d11
NC
7079@item gnu_unique_object
7080Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7081will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7082name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7083systems).
3e7a7d11 7084
5671778d
NC
7085@end table
7086
7087Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7088
c1253627
NC
7089@end ifset
7090@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7091
7092@node Uleb128
7093@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7094
7095@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7096@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7097compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7098symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7099
7100@ifset COFF
7101@node Val
7102@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7103
7104@cindex @code{val} directive
7105@cindex COFF value attribute
7106@cindex value attribute, COFF
7107This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7108records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7109entry.
252b5132
RH
7110@end ifset
7111
2e13b764 7112@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7113@node Version
7114@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7115
c1253627 7116@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7117This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7118formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7119@end ifset
2e13b764 7120
c91d2e08
NC
7121@ifset ELF
7122@node VTableEntry
7123@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7124
653cfe85 7125@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7126This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7127@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7128
c91d2e08
NC
7129@node VTableInherit
7130@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7131
653cfe85 7132@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7133This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7134@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7135parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7136parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7137@end ifset
2e13b764 7138
d190d046
HPN
7139@node Warning
7140@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7141@cindex warning directive
7142Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7143(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7144
c91d2e08
NC
7145@node Weak
7146@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7147
c1253627 7148@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7149This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7150@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7151
01642c12 7152On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7153directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7154@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7155
977cdf5a 7156On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7157When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7158alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7159
06e77878
AO
7160@node Weakref
7161@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7162
7163@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7164This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7165be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7166If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7167will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7168symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7169
7170The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7171assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7172symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7173resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7174had the references to the alias removed.
7175
7176The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7177within the assembler.
7178
252b5132
RH
7179@node Word
7180@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7181
7182@cindex @code{word} directive
7183This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7184separated by commas.
7185@ifclear GENERIC
7186@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7187For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7188@end ifset
7189@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7190For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7191@end ifset
7192@end ifclear
7193@ifset GENERIC
7194
7195The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7196depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7197@end ifset
7198
a8eb42a8 7199@c on sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
252b5132
RH
7200@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7201@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7202@cindex difference tables altered
7203@cindex altered difference tables
7204@quotation
7205@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7206@end quotation
7207
7208@ifset GENERIC
7209Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7210addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7211interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7212@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7213
7214@end ifset
7215In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7216@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7217Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7218compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7219directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7220@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7221creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7222This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7223first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7224of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7225table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7226contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7227@code{sym2}.
7228
7229If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7230secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7231@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7232long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7233and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7234minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7235entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7236
7237@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7238@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7239@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7240assembly language programmers.
7241@end ifset
7242@end ifset
7243@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7244
7ce98c16
NC
7245@ifclear no-space-dir
7246@node Zero
7247@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7248
7249@cindex @code{zero} directive
7250@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7251This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7252expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7253so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7254instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7255@end ifclear
7256
2b841ec2
AM
7257@ifset ELF
7258@node 2byte
ea86f534 7259@section @code{.2byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7260@cindex @code{2byte} directive
7261@cindex two-byte integer
7262@cindex integer, 2-byte
2b841ec2 7263
e406e428
NC
7264This directive expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas. If there
7265are no expressions then the directive does nothing. Otherwise each expression
7266is evaluated in turn and placed in the next two bytes of the current output
7267section, using the endian model of the target. If an expression will not fit
7268in two bytes, a warning message is displayed and the least significant two
7269bytes of the expression's value are used. If an expression cannot be evaluated
7270at assembly time then relocations will be generated in order to compute the
7271value at link time.
7272
7273This directive does not apply any alignment before or after inserting the
7274values. As a result of this, if relocations are generated, they may be
7275different from those used for inserting values with a guaranteed alignment.
7276
8b1e5da1 7277This directive is only available for ELF targets,
2b841ec2
AM
7278
7279@node 4byte
ea86f534 7280@section @code{.4byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7281@cindex @code{4byte} directive
7282@cindex four-byte integer
7283@cindex integer, 4-byte
2b841ec2 7284
e406e428
NC
7285Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, four byte
7286long values into the output.
2b841ec2
AM
7287
7288@node 8byte
ea86f534 7289@section @code{.8byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7290@cindex @code{8byte} directive
7291@cindex eight-byte integer
7292@cindex integer, 8-byte
2b841ec2 7293
e21126b7 7294Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, eight
e406e428
NC
7295byte long bignum values into the output.
7296
2b841ec2
AM
7297@end ifset
7298
252b5132
RH
7299@node Deprecated
7300@section Deprecated Directives
7301
7302@cindex deprecated directives
7303@cindex obsolescent directives
7304One day these directives won't work.
7305They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7306@table @t
7307@item .abort
7308@item .line
7309@end table
7310
3a99f02f
DJ
7311@ifset ELF
7312@node Object Attributes
7313@chapter Object Attributes
7314@cindex object attributes
7315
7316@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7317into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7318Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7319point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7320requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7321passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7322hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7323generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7324newer generation at run-time.
7325
7326This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7327@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7328time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7329correctly.
7330
7331Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7332attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7333string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7334and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7335or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7336attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7337
7338Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7339The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7340
7341@menu
7342* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7343* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7344@end menu
7345
7346@node GNU Object Attributes
7347@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7348
7349The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7350with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7351
7352Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7353its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7354an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
73552} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7356architecture-dependent ones.
7357
7358@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7359
7360These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7361
7362@table @r
7363@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7364The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7365the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7366then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7367than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7368arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7369@end table
7370
7371@subsection MIPS Attributes
7372
7373@table @r
7374@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7375The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7376
7377@itemize @bullet
7378@item
73790 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7380@item
f179c512
MF
73811 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7382double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7383@item
73842 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7385@item
73863 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7387@item
f179c512
MF
73884 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7389floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7390number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7391@item
73925 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7393with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7394general-purpose registers.
7395@item
73966 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7397registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7398@item
73997 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7400registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7401direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7402@end itemize
7403@end table
7404
7405@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7406
7407@table @r
7408@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7409The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7410
7411@itemize @bullet
7412@item
74130 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7414@item
3c7b9897 74151 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7416@item
74172 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7418@item
74193 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7420@end itemize
7421
7422@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7423The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7424
7425@itemize @bullet
7426@item
74270 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7428@item
74291 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7430@item
74312 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7432@item
74333 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7434@end itemize
7435@end table
7436
643f7afb
AK
7437@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7438
7439@table @r
7440@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7441The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7442
7443@itemize @bullet
7444@item
74450 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7446@item
74471 for files using software vector ABI.
7448@item
74492 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7450@end itemize
7451@end table
7452
3a99f02f
DJ
7453@node Defining New Object Attributes
7454@section Defining New Object Attributes
7455
7456If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7457will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7458mailing list.
7459
7460@itemize @bullet
7461@item
7462This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7463@item
7464The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7465@item
7466The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7467and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7468@item
7469Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7470@item
7471@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7472@item
7473GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7474@end itemize
7475
7476@end ifset
7477
252b5132
RH
7478@ifset GENERIC
7479@node Machine Dependencies
7480@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7481
7482@cindex machine dependencies
7483The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7484each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7485vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7486directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7487assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7488@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7489optimization.
7490
7491This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7492include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7493subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7494
7495@menu
a06ea964
NC
7496@ifset AARCH64
7497* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7498@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7499@ifset ALPHA
7500* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7501@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7502@ifset ARC
7503* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7504@end ifset
7505@ifset ARM
7506* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7507@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7508@ifset AVR
7509* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7510@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7511@ifset Blackfin
7512* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7513@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7514@ifset CR16
7515* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7516@end ifset
8bf549a8 7517@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7518* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7519@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7520@ifset D10V
7521* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7522@end ifset
7523@ifset D30V
7524* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7525@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7526@ifset EPIPHANY
7527* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7528@end ifset
252b5132 7529@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7530* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7531@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7532@ifset HPPA
7533* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7534@end ifset
7535@ifset I80386
55b62671 7536* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7537@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7538@ifset IA64
7539* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7540@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7541@ifset IP2K
7542* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7543@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7544@ifset LM32
7545* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7546@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7547@ifset M32C
7548* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7549@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7550@ifset M32R
7551* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7552@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7553@ifset M680X0
7554* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7555@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7556@ifset M68HC11
7557* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7558@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7559@ifset METAG
7560* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7561@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7562@ifset MICROBLAZE
7563* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7564@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7565@ifset MIPS
7566* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7567@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7568@ifset MMIX
7569* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7570@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7571@ifset MSP430
7572* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7573@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7574@ifset NDS32
7575* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7576@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7577@ifset NIOSII
7578* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7579@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7580@ifset NS32K
7581* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7582@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7583@ifset PDP11
7584* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7585@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7586@ifset PJ
7587* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7588@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7589@ifset PPC
7590* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7591@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
7592@ifset PRU
7593* PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features
7594@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7595@ifset RISCV
7596* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7597@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
7598@ifset RL78
7599* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7600@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7601@ifset RX
7602* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7603@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7604@ifset S390
7605* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7606@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7607@ifset SCORE
7608* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7609@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7610@ifset SH
7611* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
d3b47e2b 7612@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7613@ifset SPARC
7614* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7615@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7616@ifset TIC54X
7617* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7618@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7619@ifset TIC6X
7620* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7621@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7622@ifset TILEGX
7623* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7624@end ifset
7625@ifset TILEPRO
7626* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7627@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7628@ifset V850
7629* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7630@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7631@ifset VAX
7632* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7633@end ifset
7634@ifset VISIUM
7635* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7636@end ifset
f96bd6c2
PC
7637@ifset WASM32
7638* WebAssembly-Dependent:: WebAssembly Dependent Features
7639@end ifset
f6c1a2d5 7640@ifset XGATE
f96bd6c2 7641* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Dependent Features
f6c1a2d5 7642@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7643@ifset XSTORMY16
7644* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7645@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7646@ifset XTENSA
7647* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7648@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7649@ifset Z80
7650* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7651@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7652@ifset Z8000
7653* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7654@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7655@end menu
7656
7657@lowersections
7658@end ifset
7659
7660@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7661@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7662@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7663@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7664@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7665@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7666@c in both conditional blocks.
7667
a06ea964
NC
7668@ifset AARCH64
7669@include c-aarch64.texi
7670@end ifset
7671
625e1353
RH
7672@ifset ALPHA
7673@include c-alpha.texi
7674@end ifset
7675
7676@ifset ARC
7677@include c-arc.texi
7678@end ifset
7679
252b5132
RH
7680@ifset ARM
7681@include c-arm.texi
7682@end ifset
7683
8473f7a4
DC
7684@ifset AVR
7685@include c-avr.texi
7686@end ifset
7687
3b4e1885 7688@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7689@include c-bfin.texi
7690@end ifset
7691
3d3d428f
NC
7692@ifset CR16
7693@include c-cr16.texi
7694@end ifset
7695
328eb32e
HPN
7696@ifset CRIS
7697@include c-cris.texi
7698@end ifset
7699
c2dcd04e 7700@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7701@ifclear GENERIC
7702@node Machine Dependencies
7703@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7704
c2dcd04e 7705The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7706and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7707chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7708family.
7709
7710@menu
c2dcd04e 7711* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7712* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7713@end menu
7714@lowersections
7715@end ifclear
7716@end ifset
7717
7718@ifset D10V
7719@include c-d10v.texi
7720@end ifset
7721
7722@ifset D30V
7723@include c-d30v.texi
7724@end ifset
7725
cfb8c092
NC
7726@ifset EPIPHANY
7727@include c-epiphany.texi
7728@end ifset
7729
252b5132
RH
7730@ifset H8/300
7731@include c-h8300.texi
7732@end ifset
7733
252b5132
RH
7734@ifset HPPA
7735@include c-hppa.texi
7736@end ifset
7737
7738@ifset I80386
7739@include c-i386.texi
7740@end ifset
7741
9e32ca89
NC
7742@ifset IA64
7743@include c-ia64.texi
7744@end ifset
7745
a40cbfa3
NC
7746@ifset IP2K
7747@include c-ip2k.texi
7748@end ifset
7749
84e94c90
NC
7750@ifset LM32
7751@include c-lm32.texi
7752@end ifset
7753
49f58d10
JB
7754@ifset M32C
7755@include c-m32c.texi
7756@end ifset
7757
ec694b89
NC
7758@ifset M32R
7759@include c-m32r.texi
7760@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7761
7762@ifset M680X0
7763@include c-m68k.texi
7764@end ifset
7765
60bcf0fa
NC
7766@ifset M68HC11
7767@include c-m68hc11.texi
7768@end ifset
7769
a3c62988
NC
7770@ifset METAG
7771@include c-metag.texi
7772@end ifset
7773
01642c12 7774@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7775@include c-microblaze.texi
7776@end ifset
7777
252b5132
RH
7778@ifset MIPS
7779@include c-mips.texi
7780@end ifset
7781
3c3bdf30
NC
7782@ifset MMIX
7783@include c-mmix.texi
7784@end ifset
7785
2469cfa2
NC
7786@ifset MSP430
7787@include c-msp430.texi
7788@end ifset
7789
35c08157
KLC
7790@ifset NDS32
7791@include c-nds32.texi
7792@end ifset
7793
36591ba1
SL
7794@ifset NIOSII
7795@include c-nios2.texi
7796@end ifset
7797
252b5132
RH
7798@ifset NS32K
7799@include c-ns32k.texi
7800@end ifset
7801
e135f41b
NC
7802@ifset PDP11
7803@include c-pdp11.texi
7804@end ifset
7805
041dd5a9
ILT
7806@ifset PJ
7807@include c-pj.texi
7808@end ifset
7809
418c1742
MG
7810@ifset PPC
7811@include c-ppc.texi
7812@end ifset
7813
93f11b16
DD
7814@ifset PRU
7815@include c-pru.texi
7816@end ifset
7817
4f7eddc4
PD
7818@ifset RISCV
7819@include c-riscv.texi
7820@end ifset
7821
b57e49f7
JW
7822@ifset RL78
7823@include c-rl78.texi
7824@end ifset
7825
046d31c2
NC
7826@ifset RX
7827@include c-rx.texi
7828@end ifset
7829
11c19e16
MS
7830@ifset S390
7831@include c-s390.texi
7832@end ifset
7833
c0157db4
NC
7834@ifset SCORE
7835@include c-score.texi
7836@end ifset
7837
252b5132
RH
7838@ifset SH
7839@include c-sh.texi
7840@end ifset
7841
7842@ifset SPARC
7843@include c-sparc.texi
7844@end ifset
7845
39bec121
TW
7846@ifset TIC54X
7847@include c-tic54x.texi
7848@end ifset
7849
40b36596
JM
7850@ifset TIC6X
7851@include c-tic6x.texi
7852@end ifset
7853
aa137e4d
NC
7854@ifset TILEGX
7855@include c-tilegx.texi
7856@end ifset
7857
7858@ifset TILEPRO
7859@include c-tilepro.texi
7860@end ifset
7861
b6605ddd
EB
7862@ifset V850
7863@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7864@end ifset
7865
7866@ifset VAX
7867@include c-vax.texi
7868@end ifset
7869
b6605ddd
EB
7870@ifset VISIUM
7871@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7872@end ifset
7873
f96bd6c2
PC
7874@ifset WASM32
7875@include c-wasm32.texi
7876@end ifset
7877
f6c1a2d5
NC
7878@ifset XGATE
7879@include c-xgate.texi
7880@end ifset
7881
6753e72f
NC
7882@ifset XSTORMY16
7883@include c-xstormy16.texi
7884@end ifset
7885
e0001a05
NC
7886@ifset XTENSA
7887@include c-xtensa.texi
7888@end ifset
7889
b6605ddd
EB
7890@ifset Z80
7891@include c-z80.texi
7892@end ifset
7893
7894@ifset Z8000
7895@include c-z8k.texi
7896@end ifset
7897
252b5132
RH
7898@ifset GENERIC
7899@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7900@raisesections
7901@end ifset
7902
7903@node Reporting Bugs
7904@chapter Reporting Bugs
7905@cindex bugs in assembler
7906@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7907
a4fb0134 7908Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7909
7910Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7911not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7912entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7913Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7914
7915In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7916information that enables us to fix the bug.
7917
7918@menu
7919* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7920* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7921@end menu
7922
7923@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7924@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7925@cindex bug criteria
7926
7927If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7928
7929@itemize @bullet
7930@cindex fatal signal
7931@cindex assembler crash
7932@cindex crash of assembler
7933@item
7934If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7935@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7936
7937@cindex error on valid input
7938@item
a4fb0134 7939If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7940
7941@cindex invalid input
7942@item
a4fb0134 7943If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7944is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7945be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7946
7947@item
7948If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7949of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7950@end itemize
7951
7952@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7953@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7954@cindex bug reports
7955@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7956
7957A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7958you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7959contact that organization first.
7960
7961You can find contact information for many support companies and
7962individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7963distribution.
7964
ad22bfe8 7965@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7966In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7967to @value{BUGURL}.
7968@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7969
7970The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7971@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7972fact or leave it out, state it!
7973
7974Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7975and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7976name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7977not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7978happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7979perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7980the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7981give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7982and the most helpful.
7983
7984Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7985it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7986that the bug has not been reported previously.
7987
7988Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7989bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7990respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7991You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7992
7993To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7994
7995@itemize @bullet
7996@item
a4fb0134 7997The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7998it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7999
8000Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8001the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8002
8003@item
a4fb0134 8004Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8005
8006@item
8007The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8008version number.
8009
8010@item
a4fb0134 8011What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8012``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8013
8014@item
8015The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8016observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8017all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8018
8019If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8020and then we might not encounter the bug.
8021
8022@item
8023A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8024the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8025high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8026when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8027the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8028file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8029@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8030
8031@item
8032A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8033incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8034
a4fb0134 8035Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8036will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8037notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8038make a mistake.
8039
8040Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8041explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8042@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8043library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8044would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8045would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8046expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8047observations.
8048
8049@item
a4fb0134 8050If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8051diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8052option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8053discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8054by line number.
8055
8056The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8057sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8058@end itemize
8059
8060Here are some things that are not necessary:
8061
8062@itemize @bullet
8063@item
8064A description of the envelope of the bug.
8065
8066Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8067which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8068changes will not affect it.
8069
8070This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8071will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8072with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8073We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8074
8075Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8076of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8077output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8078less time, and so on.
8079
8080However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8081report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8082
8083@item
8084A patch for the bug.
8085
8086A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8087the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8088a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8089to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8090
a4fb0134 8091Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8092construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8093the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8094one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8095
8096And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8097patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8098help us to understand.
8099
8100@item
8101A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8102
8103Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8104things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8105@end itemize
8106
8107@node Acknowledgements
8108@chapter Acknowledgements
8109
653cfe85 8110If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8111it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8112maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8113@c (October 2012),
8114the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8115
8116Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8117more details?}
8118
8119Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8120information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8121extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8122
8123K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8124many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8125up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8126testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8127including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8128and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8129support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8130port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8131file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8132assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8133
8134Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8135in format-specific I/O modules.
8136
8137The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8138has done much work with it since.
8139
8140The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8141
8142Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8143
8144The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8145University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8146
8147Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8148(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8149(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8150support a.out format.
8151
7be1c489
AM
8152Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8153tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8154Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8155use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8156targets.
8157
8158John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8159simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8160updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8161fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8162remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8163cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8164required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8165
8166Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
816768k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8168added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8169PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8170
653cfe85 8171Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8172
8173Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8174
8175Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8176along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8177formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8178the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8179
8180Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8181Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8182Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8183Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8184and some initial 64-bit support).
8185
c1253627 8186Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8187
252b5132
RH
8188Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8189support for openVMS/Alpha.
8190
39bec121
TW
8191Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8192flavors.
8193
e0001a05 8194David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8195Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8196
252b5132
RH
8197Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8198configuration enhancements.
8199
84e94c90
NC
8200Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8201
252b5132
RH
8202Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8203you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8204want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8205intentionally leaving anyone out.
8206
793c5807
NC
8207@node GNU Free Documentation License
8208@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8209@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8210
370b66a1
CD
8211@node AS Index
8212@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8213
8214@printindex cp
8215
252b5132
RH
8216@bye
8217@c Local Variables:
8218@c fill-column: 79
8219@c End:
This page took 1.401858 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.